‫ﺑدء اﻻﺳﺗﺧدام‬

‫دﻟﯾل اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬
‫اﻟﻧﺳﺦ‬
‫اﻹﺻدار اﻟﻣﺣدد‬

‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛس‬

‫اﻟطﺑﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﺿوﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻧدات‬

‫ﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟورق واﻟﺣﺑر‬

‫اﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎف اﻷﺧطﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻣواﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧوﻧﯾﺔ واﻻﺗﺻﺎل‬

‫ﻟﻣزﯾد ﻣن اﻟﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﻏﯾر اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻓﻲ ھذا اﻟدﻟﯾل‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ‬

‫اﻷدﻟﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻧﺗرﻧت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ اﻹﻟﻛﺗروﻧﻲ اﻟﺧﺎص‬
‫ﺑﻧﺎ )‪ (https://www.ricoh.com/‬أو ﻋﺑر ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻼﺳــﺗﺧدام اﻵﻣــن واﻟﺻﺣﯾــﺢ‪ ،‬ﯾرﺟــﻰ اﻟﺗﺄﻛــد ﻣــن ﻗــراءة "ﻣﻌﻠوﻣــﺎت اﻟﺳــﻼﻣﺔ" ﻗﺑــل اﺳــﺗﺧدام‬
‫اﻟﻣﺎﻛﯾﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫اﻗﺮأ ھﺬا أوﻻً‪10 .....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ ﻗﺮاءة دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ‪10 .... ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ‪10 .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪11 ...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪11 ......... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎء اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ ‪11 ..........................................................‬‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎء اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ ‪12 ...................................................‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪13 ........ ................................................................‬‬
‫دﻟﯿﻞ ﻷﺳﻤﺎء ووظﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‪15 .............................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺎم واﻟﯿﺴﺎر ‪16 ............ ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺎم واﻟﯿﻤﯿﻦ ‪18 ............ ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﯿﻢ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ واﻟﯿﺴﺎر ‪20 ........... ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪ :‬اﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ‪23 ..............................................................‬‬
‫أﺳﻤﺎء ووظﺎﺋﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪24 ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪/‬اﻟﻮاﺟﮭﺔ‪24 ...... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮات ‪26 ........... ................................................................ LED‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﯿﺐ ‪28 .... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﻮرق ‪29 .. ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﯿﺔ ‪32 .............. ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﮭﺔ ‪34 ..........................................................IEEE 1284‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺧﯿﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﮭﺎز‪36 ..... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﯿﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ‪39 . ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺧﯿﺎرات ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪41 ... ................................................................ SD‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪45 ............. ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ‪46 ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺒﺪﯾﮭﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أطﺮاف اﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪49 ....... ................................‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪53 .. ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ )ﻋﺮض ﻗﯿﺎﺳﻲ( ‪54 ............. ................................‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ )اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ(‪56 ............ ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ أو ﻋﺮض ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪57 .......... ................................‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ‪60 . ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات ]‪61 ................ ................................ [Settings‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪64 .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ إﻋﺪادات اﻹرﺳﺎل ]‪65 ................................ [Send Settings‬‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ أو أداة ﯾﺘﻜﺮر اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‪68 ...............................‬‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪/‬أداة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‪69 ...................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ أو ﺣﺬف اﻷﯾﻘﻮﻧﺎت واﻷدوات ‪70 ........................................................‬‬
‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﻷﯾﻘﻮﻧﺎت ‪70 .............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪71 .............. ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻛﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪72 ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪73 .. ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪77 .............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻋﻦ طﺮﯾﻖ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور‪79 .........................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪80 .......................................................IC‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﮭﺎز ﻣﺤﻤﻮل ‪81 .................. ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪83 .......................................................‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ‪83 ........................................................‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج ‪87 .....................................................‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﯾﮫ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺔ )‪89 ........................... (ADF‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪93 ............................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪93 .......................................................‬‬
‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧُﺴﺦ ﻣﻜﺒﺮة أو ﻣﺼﻐﺮة ‪96 ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ أو ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪96 ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻜﺒﯿﺮ أو اﻟﺘﺼﻐﯿﺮ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق ‪99 ....................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻐﯿﺮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺻﻐﯿﺮة ﻟﺰﯾﺎدة اﻟﮭﻮاﻣﺶ ‪100 ............... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﮭﯿﻦ‪102 ........ ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ وﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت إﻟﻰ ورﻗﺔ واﺣﺪة‪105 ..............................‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ‪109 ....... ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪109 .......... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق‪110 ...................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﯿﺐ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت أو ﻟﻜﻞ رﻗﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪112 .............. ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪114 .........................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت ‪114 ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ أرﻗﺎم اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﯾﻦ‪119 ....................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وﺷﺮوط اﻹرﺳﺎل ‪119 .................. ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ‪/‬ﺣﺬف اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ‪121 ........ ................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﻣﻌﺎﯾﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪123 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ إرﺳﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ‪125 ............. ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﯿﺪ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪126 ....................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ‪128 ........... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻮري ‪128 .. ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﻓﺸﻞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪129 ............ ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ ‪129 ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺮ ﻣﺨﺰن اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ‪129 ...........................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪130 ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﯿﺪ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ‪132 ......... ................................Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪134 ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ‪134 ........ Device Software Manager‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ‪ Device Software Manager‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ‪134 ......................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ‪ Device Software Manager‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﯾﻠﮫ‪139 ....................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )‪143 ............................. (Windows‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ PCL 6‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‪143 .........................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ PostScript 3‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ‪147 ................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ PCL 6/PostScript 3‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﯾﻠﮫ ‪150 ....‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‪152 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )‪158 ..................... (OS X/macOS‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪158 ....... ................................................................ PPD‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Print & Scan‬أو ]‪160 ............... [Printers & Scanners‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺨﯿﺎر ‪164 .. ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ‪167 ......................................................‬‬
‫طﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪167 .......................................................... Windows‬‬
‫طﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪172 .................................................... OS X/macOS‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ وﺟﮭﻲ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ ‪175 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﮭﯿﻦ )‪175 ........... ................................ (Windows‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﮭﯿﻦ )‪176 ..... ................................ (OS X/macOS‬‬
‫دﻣﺞ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة وطﺒﺎﻋﺘﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ واﺣﺪة ‪178 ........ ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ وظﯿﻔﺔ دﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﯾﻦ أﺻﻠﯿﯿﻦ )‪178 .... ................................ (Windows‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ وظﯿﻔﺔ دﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﯾﻦ أﺻﻠﯿﯿﻦ )‪179 .............................. (OS X/macOS‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ‪181 ..... ................................................................‬‬
‫طﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪185 .. ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﮭﺎز ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪ USB‬أو ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‪187 .............................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﯿﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪187 ........................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ‪188 ......................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪191 ................ ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺿﻮﺋﯿًﺎ وإرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﯿًﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ‪191‬‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﯾﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ‪191 .......... ................................‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ وﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﯾﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﯾﻦ‪194‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺿﻮﺋﯿًﺎ وإرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﯿًﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪197 ...................‬‬
‫طﺒﺎﻋﺔ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪197 .... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﯿﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ )‪198 ............... ................................ (Windows‬‬
‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك )‪200 ..................................................... (Windows‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﯿﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ )‪204 ......... ................................ (OS X/macOS‬‬
‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك )‪205 ............... ................................ (OS X/macOS‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرك اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤه ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﯾﻦ‪207 .............................‬‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻹرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ‪209 ............ ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﯿًﺎ ﺑﺠﻮدة وﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ‪212 .......... ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻠﻒ أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺿﻮﺋﯿًﺎ ‪216 . ................................‬‬
‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ‪220 ............... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪220 ...................................................‬‬
‫طﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪223 ...................................................‬‬
‫طﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺈﻋﺪادات ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺤﮫ ﺿﻮﺋﯿًﺎ ‪223 ..... ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪225 ................. ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﮭﺎ‪227 .. ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪230 .............................................................Web Image Monitor‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪230 ................ ................................ Web Image Monitor‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﻟﺬي ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻌﻠﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪232 ... ................................ Web Image Monitor‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪234 ........................................................ Web Image Monitor‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ‪235 .............. ................................ Web Image Monitor‬‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ ‪237 ......... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق ‪237 .............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج ‪ 1‬إﻟﻰ ‪238 ...................................................... 5‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ‪243 ................. ................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻷﺣﺠﺎم اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪244 ...... ................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪245 ..............................‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق وإﻋﺪادات اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ ‪246 .............. ................................‬‬
‫أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﮭﺎ ‪248 ........................................................‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرج ‪248 ................. ................................................................1‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﻮرق ‪249 ...... ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪251 ........... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺨﺎص ‪253 ........................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﻚ اﻟﻮرق ﻟﻜﻞ وزن ورق‪254 ............................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق ﻏﯿﺮ اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل ‪255 .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ اﻟﻮرق ‪256 ........... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪257 ... ................................................................‬‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺴﻤﯿﻚ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﮭﺎ ‪258 ................ ................................‬‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﮭﺎ ‪259 ........................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪260 ... ................................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪260 ................................................................ .‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ورق ﺛﺎﺑﺖ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه أو ورق ﺑﻮﺟﮭﯿﻦ ‪262 ............... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﻣﺮوس‪262 ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﻣﺮوس ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪263 ..........................‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ووزن اﻷﺻﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﮫ‪266 ...........................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ‪267 .............. ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ‪267 .........................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪268 ..... ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎطﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪271 ..........................................................‬‬
‫اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎطﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪272 .........................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺣﺒﺎر اﻟ ُﻤﺴﺘﮭﻠَﻚ ‪274 .........................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ‪276 ............................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎھﺪة اﻟﻔﯿﺪﯾﻮ ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ‪276 ....... ................................‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ‪276 ...................................................‬‬
‫اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎطﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ‪279 ....... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ‪282 ......... ................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‪283 ................................................................‬‬
‫أﺻﻮات اﻟﺘﻨﺒﯿﮫ ‪283 ............. ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮات واﻟﺮﻣﻮز واﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪286 ............................‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪287 .......................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﯾﻀﻲء أو ﯾﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ]‪289 .... ................................ [Check Status‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ ‪291 .............................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺠﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪291 ....................‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺠﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ‪299 ...........‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ وﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‪302 ............... ................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪308 ........... ................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪311 ........ ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪313 ........... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ أو ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ إرﺳﺎل‪/‬اﺳﺘﻼم اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ‪313 ......‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﺘﻌﺬر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪316 .....................‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﻓﺮ وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﺒﻌﯿﺪ ‪333 ..............................‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪341 ........... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﺑﺪون أﻛﻮاد اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ‪341 .............. ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻣﻊ أﻛﻮاد اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ‪364 ................. ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪367 ........... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪367 ................. ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﯿﻮﺗﺮ ‪382 ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى ‪393 ...............................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ دﺧﻮل اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ ‪399 .. ................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ داﺋﺮة ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ )‪411(IC‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺎدم ‪413 ...... ................................ LDAP‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﮭﺎدة ‪414 ..... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ ‪417 ............................‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﯾﻨﺤﺸﺮ اﻟﻮرق أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪420 ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﮫ ﺣﺪوث اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪422 .......... ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ ‪427 ............ ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮدﯾﻞ ‪427 ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪429 .......... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ‪429 .............................................................‬‬

‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ‪439 .............................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪440 ....... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪449 ...... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪451 .............................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺔ ‪458 ........... ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﻮرق ‪458 ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﮭﺔ ‪459 ................. ................................ IEEE 1284‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﯿﺔ ‪459 ............. ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺧﯿﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﮭﺎز‪461 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﯿﻢ إﻋﺪاد وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ‪462 .. ................................................................‬‬
‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ‪462 ...............................................................‬‬
‫إرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ‪463 ....... ................................................................‬‬
‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ ‪465 ............. ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﮭﺎﻣﺶ ‪467 ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﯿﺎرات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‪469 ............ ................................................................‬‬
‫دﻟﯿﻞ إﻟﻰ وظﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ ‪469 ......... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ ‪470 ......... ................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻜﻮﯾﻨﺎت اﺧﺘﯿﺎرﯾﺔ ‪472 .................. ................................‬‬
‫وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ‪472 ............ ................................................................‬‬
‫وظﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪472 .......... ................................................................‬‬
‫وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪473 .......... ................................................................‬‬
‫وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪473 .. ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮ ذﻟﻚ‪474 ................. ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﻮظﯿﻔﺔ ‪476 .............. ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪478 ................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﺒﯿﺌﯿﺔ‪478 ............... ................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪478 ............................................................ENERGY STAR‬‬
‫وظﺎﺋﻒ ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪479 .... ................................................................‬‬
‫)أوروﺑﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺪات اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ واﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﯿﺔ‬
‫رﺋﯿﺴﻲ( ‪481 ................. ................................................................‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺣﻮل اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﯾﺔ و‪/‬أو رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺮاﻛﻢ )ﻟﺪول اﻻﺗﺤﺎد اﻷوروﺑﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)أوروﺑﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﯿﺴﻲ( ‪482 .................. ................................‬‬
‫)أوروﺑﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ( ‪483 ...................‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ اﻟﺒﯿﺌﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﯿﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ وﻻﯾﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﯿﻔﻮرﻧﯿﺎ )ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﯾﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‬
‫)أﻣﺮﯾﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﯿﺴﻲ( ‪484 ............................‬‬ ‫اﻷﻣﺮﯾﻜﯿﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﯾﺔ )دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم(‪485 .......................................................‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
 ‫اﻗﺮأ ھﺬا أوﻻً‬

‫اﻗﺮأ ﻫﺬا أوﻻ ً‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻗﺮاءة دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻠﺰم اﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎه إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي ﻷن ﻳﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ أو اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل أو‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺪان اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮاءة‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮح‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺮوح اﻟﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻹرﺷﺎدات اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺤﻞ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮاﺟﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫][‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ أو اﻷزرار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ أو اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وإﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺎدي‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﺗﻔﻘﺪ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺧﻼل ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ واﺣﺪة ﺑﻌﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬وإذا اﺿﻄﺮرت إﻟﻰ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ %100‬ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻗﺪ أﺿﺎء أو أﻃﻔﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺟﻴﺪًا ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺠﺪار‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ]‪ [Home‬ﻣﻊ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أن اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻳﻨﻔﺬ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻋﺪم إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء أداء اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق اﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ﺧﻤﺲ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻋﺪم إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬أﻛّﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﺆدي ﻓﻌﻞ ذﻟﻚ ﻗﺴﺮًا إﻟﻰ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ أو اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة وﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوث أﻋﻄﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﺿﺎءة أو إﻃﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬

‫‪12‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬إذا‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺨﺘﻒ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﺪوب اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ إﻟﻰ "وﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‪" .‬وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ" ﻟﺪﻳﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﻦ‪" ،‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ" و‬
‫"وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن"‪ .‬وﻓﻲ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫"وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن"‪.‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ وﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء أﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺪار اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ وﺿﻊ اﻧﺨﻔﺎض اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ]‪.[Low Power Mode Timer‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ" "‪ ،"Timer Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮل ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ]‪ [Energy Save‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫]‪ [Energy Saver Key to Change Mode‬ﺿﻤﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ]‪ [System Settings‬أدوات اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ]‪.[Administrator Tools‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ" "‪ ،"Timer Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ارﻓﻊ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫‪ ‬اﺑﺪأ ﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻓﺘﺢ أي ﻏﻄﺎء‬
‫‪ ‬اﻓﺘﺢ أي درج ورق‬

‫‪13‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ وﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺒﻂء‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ إﻟﻰ أدﻧﻰ ﺣﺪ‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ أو ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ]‪ ،( ) [Energy Save‬ﺗﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن ]‪ [Sleep Mode Timer‬أو اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻷﺳﺒﻮﻋﻲ ]‪.[Weekly Timer‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ اﻷﺳﺒﻮﻋﻲ ]‪ ،[Weekly Timer‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أوﻗﺎت وأﻳﺎم‬
‫اﻷﺳﺒﻮع اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺆول ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ اﻷﺳﺒﻮﻋﻲ ]‪ [Weekly Timer‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ" "‪ ،"Timer Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أﺣﺪ اﻷواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ارﻓﻊ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ أو أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ إﺣﺪى‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﻷﺳﻤﺎء ووﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ إﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮب‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ زﻳﺎدة ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫رﻣﻮز اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺘﻴﻦ ‪ A‬و ‪B‬‬

‫)أوروﺑﺎ وآﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ( أو )أوروﺑﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ( أو‬
‫)آﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ(‬
‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﺸﺎر إﻟﻰ اﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎت ﻓﻲ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﻮدﻳﻼت اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ "‪ "A‬واﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ "‪"B‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام رﻣﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫اﻗﺮأ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﻮدﻳﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 427‬اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮدﻳﻞ"‬

‫‪15‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺎم واﻟﻴﺴﺎر‬

‫وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪(ADF‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫أﻧﺰل اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺻﻮل اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻘﻮم وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻴﻢ اﻷﺻﻮل‬
‫ورﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ اﻷﺻﻮل ووﺟﻬﺎ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ" " ‪Printing Documents in Order‬‬
‫‪ ،"of Priority‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 24‬أﺳﻤﺎء ووﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ"‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺪرج‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫اﺳﺤﺐ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻘﻮط‪.‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وإﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻗﺮص ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬا اﻟﻘﺮص ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺣﺠﻢ ورق ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮص ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ " "‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬه ﻫﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬درج اﻟﻮرق‬
‫درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 237‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق"‬
‫‪ .8‬اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 276‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ"‬
‫‪ .9‬زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬اﻟﺪرج اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮخ ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮع وﺻﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺎم واﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬

‫‪IM 550F/IM 600F‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ درج وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫اﺳﺤﺐ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﻷﺻﻮل اﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ A4‬أو ‪ 11 × 81/2‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻘﻮط‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫اﺳﺤﺐ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ A4‬أو ﺑﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫‪.11 × 81/2‬‬
‫درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺪرج ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ أو اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮرق ﺷﻔﺎف ﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺮأﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫واﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎت اﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ واﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ أدراج اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 243‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ"‬

‫‪18‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻮرق‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎذاة ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻮاف اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وأﺧﺮج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪IM 600SRF‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻟﺪرج اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺸﻄﻴﺐ‬

‫اﺳﺤﺐ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪A4‬أو ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪× 81/2‬‬
‫‪.11‬‬
‫‪ .2‬درج اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺸﻄﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ اﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻓﺮزﻫﺎ أو ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻠﺤﻖ درج وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫× ‪ 11‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪81/2‬‬‫اﺳﺤﺐ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﻷﺻﻮل اﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ A4‬أو‬
‫اﻟﺴﻘﻮط‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﻪ اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ ﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺸﻄﻴﺐ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺤﺐ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ A4‬أو ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪× 8 /2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪.11‬‬
‫‪ .8‬درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺪرج ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ أو اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺸﻔﺎف ﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﻟﺮأﺳﻴﺔ واﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎت اﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ واﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ أدراج‬
‫اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 243‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ"‬
‫‪ .9‬ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻮرق‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎذاة ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻮاف اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10‬اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وأﺧﺮج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ واﻟﻴﺴﺎر‬

‫‪IM 550F/IM 600F‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺮوﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺨﻔﺾ درﺟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺮارة داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ ‪ USB2.0‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪A‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.IC‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ ‪ USB2.0‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪B‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ إﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﺎﺑﻞ واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إدراج ﻟﻮﺣﺎت واﺟﻬﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ أو ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫‪ IEEE 1284‬أو ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز أو ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪21‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪IM 600SRF‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺮوﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺨﻔﺾ درﺟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺮارة داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻌﻠﻮي اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺢ ﻹﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪.‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ ‪ USB2.0‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪A‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.IC‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ ‪ USB2.0‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪B‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ إﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﺎﺑﻞ واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إدراج ﻟﻮﺣﺎت واﺟﻬﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ أو ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫‪ IEEE 1284‬أو ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز أو ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ اﻟﻤﺮوﺣﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت ﻗﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻬﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 393‬ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى"‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪ :‬اﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬أو‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻹﻋﺪاد ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 267‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ"‬

‫‪23‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫أﺳﻤﺎء ووﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫ﻳﺸﺎر إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻠﻤﺲ )ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ( اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ "ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ واﺟﻬﺎت ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ وﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﻹدﺧﺎل ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ / SD‬ﺟﻬﺎز ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﻣﺆﺷﺮات ‪ LED‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ إﻃﺎر‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﺮض ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪/‬اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ﺟﻬﺎز ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪ .USB‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ أو ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺨﺰن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ذاﻛﺮة ‪ SD‬أو ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ذاﻛﺮة ‪ SDHC‬ﺑﺴﻌﺔ ‪ 32‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺪ أﻗﺼﻰ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ذاﻛﺮة ‪.SDXC‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻤﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ FAT16‬أو ‪.FAT32‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻧﻮاع ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻬﺰة ذاﻛﺮة ‪ USB‬اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ USB‬أو ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ أو ﻗﺎرئ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﺮاءة‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ) ‪ ( /‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ وﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت واﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻃﺮاف اﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 46‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ"‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 49‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻃﺮاف اﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ"‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪NFC‬‬
‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﺟﻬﺎز ذﻛﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪RICOH Smart Device‬‬
‫‪.Connector‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺤﻤﻮل" " ‪Using the Machine‬‬
‫‪ ،"Functions from a Mobile Device‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ زاوﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ اﻟﺮؤﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮات ‪LED‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺮاءة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء وﺻﻮل اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ﺟﻬﺎز ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪ ،USB‬ﻻ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو ﺗﺰﻳﻞ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪ :‬إرﺳﺎل واﺳﺘﻼم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻀﺎء‪ :‬اﺳﺘﻼم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت )ﻣﻠﻒ اﻻﺳﺘﻼم اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ‪ /‬اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ‪/‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ دﺧﻮل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫أو ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ‪ -‬اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻞ ﻣﻀﺎءً ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ أو ﻧﻔﺎد اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪26‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 286‬اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮات واﻟﺮﻣﻮز واﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ"‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ .‬وﻓﻲ‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﺑﺒﻂء‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﻴﺎرات ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺄﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ أرﺑﻊ وﺣﺪات ﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ‬
‫إﻟﻰ ‪ 2000‬ورﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ذات اﻟﻌﺠﻼت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﻪ واﺟﻬﺔ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺧﻴﺎرات إدﺧﺎل ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SD‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎك ﻓﺘﺤﺘﺎن ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت ‪.SD‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ أﻧﻮاﻋًﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ‪.SD‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻲ ‪ SD‬أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﺪوب اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎت أو اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺑﺄﻳﺪي ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫وزن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ :IM 550F/600F ‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ 28‬ﻛﺠﻢ )‪ 62‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫‪ :IM 600SRF ‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ 40‬ﻛﺠﻢ )‪ 88‬رﻃﻼ ً(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ وارﻓﻊ ﺑﺒﻂء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﺷﺨﺺ آﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺘﻜﺴﺮ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫إﺳﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي رﻓﻊ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺘﻬﺎون أو إﺳﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إزاﻟﺔ أﺳﻼك اﻟﺨﻂ وﻛﺎﺑﻼت اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى‪ .‬وﺧﻼف‬
‫ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرض‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﻴﺎرات ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق أوﻻ ً‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪29‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪﺗﻴﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪات ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫أوﻻ ً ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ واﺣﺪة ﻓﻮق اﻷﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻮﺣﺪة واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬أوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أﺧﺮج اﻟﻌﺒﻮة واﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ اﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ واﻟﻮرق اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ارﻓﻊ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺾ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﺷﺨﺺ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﺎج رﻓﻊ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ووﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ ،(ADF‬واﻷﺟﺰاء‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻤﺤﺪﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪة درج اﻟﻮرق اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬

‫‪30‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﻤﺎرﻳﻦ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺎذاﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺜﻘﻮب اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ أﻧﺰل اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺤﺮص‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺷﻐِّﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬اﻃﺒﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬اﻃﺒﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬وﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ "اﻟﻤﻌﺪات اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻈﻬﺮ "اﻟﺪرج ‪ "2‬و "اﻟﺪرج ‪ "3‬و‬
‫"اﻟﺪرج ‪ "4‬و "اﻟﺪرج ‪."5‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ /‬اﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ" "‪ ،"List / Test Print‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮر‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ‪ .‬وإذا ﺗﻌﺬر ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ‬
‫إﺟﺮاء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﺪوب اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎت أو اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺧﻴﺎرات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎت" ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎر اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ أو إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻮرق ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ" " ‪Specifying the‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،"Option Configuration or Paper Settings Manually‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺄرﻳﺾ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﺑﻠﻤﺲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ أي‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء اﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ وﺣﺪات اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗُﻌﺮض ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎرﻳﻦ واﻧﺰع ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺬي ﺗﻤﺖ إزاﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬أدﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .5‬ارﺑﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎرﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺷﻐِّﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .7‬اﻃﺒﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ .‬إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ "اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ" ﻟـ "اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ /‬اﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ" "‪ ،"List / Test Print‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮر اﻹﺟﺮاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ‪ .‬وإذا‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺬر ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ إﺟﺮاء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺮة‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﺪوب اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎت أو اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ" " ‪Connecting to a‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،"Wireless LAN‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ ‪IEEE 1284‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺄرﻳﺾ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﺑﻠﻤﺲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ أي‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء اﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ وﺣﺪات اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗُﻌﺮض ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ ‪ IEEE 1284‬ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎرﻳﻦ واﻧﺰع ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺬي ﺗﻤﺖ إزاﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬أدﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪ IEEE 1284‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ ‪ IEEE 1284‬ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪34‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .5‬ارﺑﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎرﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺷﻐِّﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .7‬اﻃﺒﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ .‬إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ "اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮازﻳﺔ" ﻟـ "اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ /‬اﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ" "‪ ،"List / Test Print‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮر اﻹﺟﺮاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ‪ .‬وإذا‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺬر ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ إﺟﺮاء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺮة‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﺪوب اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎت أو اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬

‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻤﻨﺪوب‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺄرﻳﺾ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﺑﻠﻤﺲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ أي‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء اﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ وﺣﺪات اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗُﻌﺮض ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻫﻮ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ إﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎت إﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﻣﻨﻔﺬ إﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ‪ IP‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎرﻳﻦ واﻧﺰع ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺬي ﺗﻤﺖ إزاﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪36‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .4‬أدﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ارﺑﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎرﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺰود ﺑﺨﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز وﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬اﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ]‪ [Energy Saver Mode to Disable Print Server‬ﻟﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ دﺧﻮل وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺨﻼف ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺟﻮد اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬وﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﺳﺘﻼم ﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪37‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻋﺪادات ]‪ [Settings‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪادات ﻣﻴﺰات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ]‪.[Machine Features Settings‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [System Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Administrator Tools‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫]‪.[Energy Saver Mode to Disable Print Server‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ]‪.[Disable Mode‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺮاء‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.( ) [Home‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬

‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺄرﻳﺾ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﺑﻠﻤﺲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ أي‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎء اﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ وﺣﺪات اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗُﻌﺮض ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎرﻳﻦ واﻧﺰع ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺬي ﺗﻤﺖ إزاﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬أدﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم زوج اﻟﺒﺮاﻏﻲ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺷﻐِّﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .7‬اﻃﺒﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮر اﻹﺟﺮاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ‪ .‬وإذا‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺬر ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ إﺟﺮاء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺮة‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﺪوب اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎت أو اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﻴﺎرات ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SD‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ‪ SD‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺑﺘﻼع‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،SD‬اﺳﺘﺸﺮ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗُﻌﺮض اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت ﻣﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬أوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ اﻟﻠﺴﺎن اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺬي ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻠﺴﺎﻧﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬أدﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻧﻘﺮة‪.‬‬

‫إذا أدﺧﻠﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ .‬إذا أدﺧﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻲ ‪ SD‬ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬إذا أدﺧﻠﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪VM‬‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻲ ‪ SD‬أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺑﻤﻨﺪوب اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﺗﺠﺎرﻳًﺎ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄدﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺛﺒّﺖ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ اﻟﻠﺴﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫‪ .7‬ﺛﺒّﺖ اﻟﻠﺴﺎن اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .8‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .9‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺷﻐِّﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ أو ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ / XPS‬وﺣﺪة ‪ :PostScript 3‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻈﻬﺮ اﺳﻢ اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟـ "ﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" ﻓﻲ "ﻣﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ /‬اﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ" "‪ ،"List / Test Print‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ VM‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻴﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻌﺔ " ‪Extended Feature‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ "Settings‬ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪادات ﻣﻴﺰات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ " ‪Machine Features‬‬
‫‪."Settings‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻌﺮف اﻟﺒﺼﺮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺣﺮف )‪ (OCR‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪OCR‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪادات ‪ PDF‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮر اﻹﺟﺮاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وإذا ﺗﻌﺬر ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ إﺟﺮاء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﻨﺪوب اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎت أو اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ دﻓﻌﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ً ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أداة ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ( ) [Home‬ﻓﻲ أﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﻣﻮز ﻛﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎرات واﻷدوات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻜﺮر اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًا‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 49‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻃﺮاف اﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ"‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أو ﺣﺬف اﻟﺮﻣﻮز واﻷدوات وﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 68‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ أو أداة ﻳﺘﻜﺮر اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ"‬

‫‪ .1‬رﻣﺰ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻣﻮا ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم واﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد رﺳﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎوب‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻇﻬﺮت رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺎد اﻟﺤﺒﺮ أو ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫‪ .3‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة "‪"Help‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮاﻓﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ أو ﺣﺪوث‬
‫أﺧﻄﺎء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Cookie‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [ON‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ" "‪ ،"Browser Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪[Login]/[Logout] .4‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺮوج ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 77‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ"‬
‫‪[Energy Save] .5‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮل أو اﻟﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن أو وﺿﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 13‬وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ واﻟﻴﺴﺎر‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪5‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 49‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻃﺮاف اﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ"‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 68‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ أو أداة ﻳﺘﻜﺮر اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ"‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض أي اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻣﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪[Stop] .9‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ أو اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺎرﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ] ‪Stop Key to‬‬
‫‪.[Suspend Print Job‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "أدوات اﻟﻤﺴﺆول )إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻈﺎم(" " ‪Administrator Tools (System‬‬
‫‪ ،"(Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪[Menu] .10‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮاﻓﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎدة اﻟﺮﻣﻮز إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮاﺿﻌﻬﺎ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪[Home] .11‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻌﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪.Home‬‬
‫‪[Return] .12‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .13‬اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ‪/‬اﻟﻮﻗﺖ واﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد وﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض‪/‬ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ]‪ [Display Time/Remaining Toner‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ]‪ [Remaining Toner‬ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪادات ﻣﻴﺰات‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ] ‪Screen Device‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ]‪[Remaining Toner‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ﺷﺮﻳﻂ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم )أﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬أﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( ] ‪System Bar‬‬ ‫‪[Settings‬‬
‫‪.[(Settings (Top / Bottom of Screen‬‬
‫‪[Check Status] .14‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻀﻲء ﻫﺬا ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺣﻤﺮ‬

‫‪48‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ وﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ أو اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ" " ‪Checking the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Machine Status from the Control Panel‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض اﻟﺮﻣﻮز واﻷدوات‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ] ‪Function‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪.[Priority‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻋﺮض اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪ ،"Displaying Frequently Used Functions on the First Screen‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ Menu‬وﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]]‪[Reset Home Screen‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Embedded Software Architecture‬ﻣﺜﺒّﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬف‬
‫أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻃﺮاف اﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ أو ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺄﻃﺮاف أﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ )ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت(‬
‫اﻟﻤﺲ واﺳﺤﺐ إﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر أو اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫اﻟﺴﺤﺐ )ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ رﻣﺰ(‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ رﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺮك إﺻﺒﻌﻚ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﻘﺮة اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ )ﻟﻌﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ(‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻌﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﻘﺮ واﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻟﻠﺪاﺧﻞ )ﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﻤﺲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺑﻬﺎم واﻟﺴﺒﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬وﻗﺮب ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬وﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﻴﺰة ﻣﻔﻴﺪة ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت واﻟﺼﻮر‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﻘﺮ واﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج )ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬

‫اﻟﻤﺲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺑﻬﺎم واﻟﺴﺒﺎﺑﺔ وﺑﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺟﻊ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬وﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﻴﺰة ﻣﻔﻴﺪة‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت واﻟﺼﻮر‪.‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫‪52‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أﺣﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ )وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻳﺘﻜﺮر اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة‪ .‬ﻣﺮر‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺮؤﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﺸﻄﻴﺐ أو اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ رؤﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ واﺣﺪة‪ .‬وﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫( إﻋﺪادات‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪) [Menu‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ]‪ [Screen Settings‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ]‪،[Switch Screen Type‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ﻋﺮض ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ]‪ [Standard View‬أو ﻋﺮض ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ]‪ [Full View‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﻪ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪User's Own‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،Customization‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺎم ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ )ﻋﺮض ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ(‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ وﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 57‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ أو ﻋﺮض ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ"‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎح‪ .‬ﻣﺮر ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻷﻋﻠﻰ وﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺻﻔﺮ أو ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻛﻦ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ‪ .‬واﻋﺘﻤﺎدًا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬
‫وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻺﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪.‬‬
‫‪[Reset] .2‬‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺿﺒﻂ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫‪54‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮض ﺻﻮرة ﺗﻤﺜﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻟﻌﺮض ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬

‫]‪[Sample Copy‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر وﻧﺴﺦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ" " ‪Making a‬‬
‫‪ ،"Partial Copy as a Test and Copying the Rest of the Original‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[Start‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻛﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮض ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ واﺣﺪة‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ رؤﻳﺔ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬اﻋﺮض ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺎم ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض إﻋﺪاداﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ إﻋﺪادات ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ )اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ(‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎح‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺮؤﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ أدﻧﺎه‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أو ﻣﺮر‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر أو اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪[Reset] .2‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺿﺒﻂ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮض ﺻﻮرة ﺗﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Quantity‬ﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬
‫‪[Sample Copy] .4‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر وﻧﺴﺦ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ" " ‪Making a‬‬
‫‪ ،"Partial Copy as a Test and Copying the Rest of the Original‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪[Start] .5‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻛﻦ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮض ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ واﺣﺪة‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ رؤﻳﺔ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬اﻋﺮض ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻤﺖ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض إﻋﺪاداﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ إﻋﺪادات ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ أو ﻋﺮض ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ وﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ )وﺿﻊ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪User's Own‬‬
‫‪ ،Customization‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺎم ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ وﺿﻊ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ أﺣﺪ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [OK‬ﻟﻌﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ وﺿﻊ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﻨﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪57‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﻪ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪[Change Key Layout‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪) [Menu‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪.[Change Key Layout‬‬
‫إﺧﻔﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻹﺧﻔﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ "‪،"Hide the Keys‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫ﻋﺮض ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻣﺨﻔﻲ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ "‪ "Hidden Key List‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪58‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬

‫( إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ]‪[Screen Settings‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪)[Menu‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﺎدة ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح اﻷوﻟﻲ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ] ‪Temporarily Restore Initial Key‬‬
‫‪ [Layout‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع ]‪.[Back‬‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
‫( إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ]‪[Screen Settings‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪) [Menu‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﺎدة ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح اﻷوﻟﻲ ]‪[Restore Initial Key Layout‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﺎدة ]‪ [Restore‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ أﻧﻮاع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ واﻹﻋﺪادات ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ "‪"Destination type selection‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ]‪) [Fax‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ‪ (IP-Fax‬و]‪.[Internet Fax‬‬
‫وﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ وإدﺧﺎل اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻹدﺧﺎل اﻟﻴﺪوي أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل‪/‬اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل " ‪Transmission/reception‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪"information confirmation‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض وﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة أو ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض وﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﺠﻞ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬
‫واﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪.‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات اﻹرﺳﺎل "‪"Transmission settings‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺰاﻳﺎ إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪ ،‬وﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ اﻟﺬي ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬
‫وﻋﺮض ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ واﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ "‪"Destination specification‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪة اﻷﺧﺮى‬ ‫واﺣﺪة‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪60‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻹدﺧﺎل اﻟﻴﺪوي أو اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ وﺟﻬﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ "‪"Job history‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻤﺖ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺘﻪ‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﺗﻜﻮن ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﻴﺰة ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻔﺲ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات ]‪[Settings‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات ]‪ [Settings‬ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫وﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎم اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم و‪،User's Own Customization‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ وﺿﻊ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻤﺪة ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﻣﻔﺘﺎح واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [OK‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أدﻧﺎه‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ وﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻤﺪة ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪61‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﻪ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪[Change Key Layout‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪) [Menu‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪.[Change Key Layout‬‬
‫إﺧﻔﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻤﺪى ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻹﺧﻔﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ إﺧﻔﺎء اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ] ‪Hide‬‬
‫‪ ،[the Keys‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫ﻋﺮض ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻣﺨﻔﻲ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ "‪ "Hidden Key List‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ] ‪Change Key‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪) [Menu‬‬
‫‪ [Layout‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻊ‬
‫]‪ [Check the key layout of the factory defaults‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﻪ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع ]‪.[Back‬‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ] ‪Change Key‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪) [Menu‬‬
‫‪ [Layout‬إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ]‪ [Reset Layout‬اﺳﺘﻌﺎدة ]‪[Restore‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﻪ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪63‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ أﻧﻮاع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ واﻹﻋﺪادات ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ "‪"Destination type selection‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ]‪ [Scan to Email‬و]‪ .[Scan to Folder‬وﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ وإدﺧﺎل اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻺدﺧﺎل اﻟﻴﺪوي أﻳﻀًﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻔﺎت "‪"Scan Files Status‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض ﺳﺠﻞ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ وإﻟﻐﺎء إرﺳﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻹرﺳﺎل وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﻷﻣﺎن‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬إﻋﺪادات اﻹرﺳﺎل "‪"Transmission settings‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﻣﺴﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ واﻟﻐﺮض ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ وﻋﺮض ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ إرﺳﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ "‪"Destination specification‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪة اﻷﺧﺮى‬ ‫واﺣﺪة‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻹدﺧﺎل اﻟﻴﺪوي أو اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ وﺟﻬﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ واﺣﺪة "‪"Select One Touch Job‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ رؤﻳﺔ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﺗﻜﻮن ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﻴﺰة ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻔﺲ اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ إﻋﺪادات اﻹرﺳﺎل ]‪[Send Settings‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]‪ [Send Settings‬ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫وﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎم اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم و‪،User's Own Customization‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ وﺿﻊ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻤﺪة ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أي ﻣﻔﺘﺎح واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [OK‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أدﻧﺎه‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ وﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻤﺪة ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ ،‬واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﻪ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪[Change Key Layout‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪) [Menu‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪.[Change Key Layout‬‬
‫إﺧﻔﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻤﺪى ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻹﺧﻔﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ إﺧﻔﺎء اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ] ‪Hide‬‬
‫‪ ،[the Keys‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫ﻋﺮض ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻣﺨﻔﻲ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ "‪ "Hidden Key List‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪66‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ] ‪Change Key‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪) [Menu‬‬
‫‪ [Layout‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن ﻣﺨﻄﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻊ‬
‫]‪ [Check the key layout of the factory defaults‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﻪ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع ]‪.[Back‬‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ] ‪Change Key‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪) [Menu‬‬
‫‪ [Layout‬إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ]‪ [Reset Layout‬اﺳﺘﻌﺎدة ]‪[Restore‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﻪ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪67‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ أو أداة ﻳﺘﻜﺮر اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام رﻣﺰ أو أداة ﻳﺘﻜﺮر اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻟﺮﻣﻮز ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ رﻏﺒﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ أو اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﺿﻒ رﻣﺰًا أو أداة ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﺮض ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪ 12‬رﻣﺰًا أو أداة‬
‫أو ﻣﺠﻠﺪًا‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪ 60‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮًا‪ .‬وﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺤﺘﻮي اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ‬
‫إﻟﻰ ‪ 80‬ر ﻣﺰًا‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ :‬اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات اﻹﺷﺎرات‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ واﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ أو‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﺧﺘﺼﺎر ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺼﻪ‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﻧﺸﺎء اﺧﺘﺼﺎر أو ﻣﺠﻠﺪ أو أداة أو ﻧﻘﻞ أي ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺣﺬف أﺣﺪ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻔﺬ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض أﺳﻤﺎء اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎت واﻷدوات ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 20‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ ﻣﺰدوج اﻟﺒﺎﻳﺖ أو‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 30‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ واﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ‪ 21‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‬
‫أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺰدوﺟﺔ اﻟﺒﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻊ "‪ ،"...‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺮف اﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ وﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪68‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪/‬أداة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ أو اﻷداة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ [Widget‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ أداة‪ ،‬أو ﺣﺪد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫]‪ [Program‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﻌﺪ أن ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﻞ اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ أو اﻷداة إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب واﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ أو ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﻮع اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ أو اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪69‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻧﻘﻞ أو ﺣﺬف اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎت واﻷدوات‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ أو أداة‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ وﺣﺮﻛﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺗﺮﻛﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﺤﺬف أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ أو أداة‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ وﺣﺮﻛﻪ إﻟﻰ رﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺬوﻓﺎت‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺗﺮﻛﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺬف أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﺧﺘﺼﺎر ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ أو ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺬف اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ أو اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ أﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Menu‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Reset Home Screen‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪ [OK‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎت‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ إﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Add to Home Screen‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Folder‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤه‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إدﺧﺎل ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪ 30‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ ﻻﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺳﺤﺐ اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ واﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪70‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ "ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ" ﻣﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫أو اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وإﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎت‬
‫واﻟﻌﻨﻮان‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ رﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﺒﻖ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات وﺗﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻛﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‪ 25 :‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪ 100 :‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ 100 :‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺦ‬
‫]‪ [Orientation‬ﻣﻦ ]‪[Sided/Combine 2‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫]‪[Subject]، [Sender‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫]‪[Sender]، [PDF Security Settings]، [Start Number‬‬

‫‪71‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ وﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ]‪ [Program Setting for Destinations‬ﻓﻲ ]‪[Scanner Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Include Destinations‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ )إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ(" " ‪General‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ ،"Settings (Scanner Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ]‪ [Program Setting for Destinations‬ﻓﻲ ] ‪Scanner‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ [Settings‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Exclude Destinations‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎؤه ﻓﻲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ وﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ رﻣﺰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ وﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻛﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫أوﻻ ً‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ أو اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﺠﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Copy‬أو ]‪ [Fax‬أو ]‪.[Scanner‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ واﻹﺧﺮاج اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Menu‬‬

‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Set Current Settings to Program‬‬

‫‪72‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫‪ .5‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ رﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ وﺣﺪد أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Place‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .8‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Exit‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ واﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت وﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Copy‬أو ]‪ [Fax‬أو ]‪.[Scanner‬‬

‫‪73‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Recall Program‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Menu‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ رﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮه‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ واﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎت‪.‬‬

‫(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪Set Current Settings to‬‬ ‫‪ .5‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Menu‬‬
‫‪.[Program‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﺣﺪد رﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪74‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد رﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻛﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد رﻗﻤًﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺮﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Program‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪75‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ .8‬أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ وﺣﺪد أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .10‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Place‬‬
‫‪ .11‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Exit‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ أو ﺣﺬف اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Menu‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫( وﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ]‪.[Edit / Delete Program‬‬ ‫)‬

‫‪76‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺼﺮح ﻟﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ وﺻﻒ ﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ أو ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪ Windows‬أو ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪LDAP‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫اﻋﺘﻤﺎدا ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ IC‬أو ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺤﻤﻮل‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ إدﺧﺎل رﻣﺰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻘﻴّﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮح ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺨﺮوج داﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وأﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮل‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‪.‬‬

‫‪78‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﺤﺪدة‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺧﺮوج‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ )ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺮوج اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‪ .‬اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺮوج اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻮ ‪ 3‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﺮة ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺮوج‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ]‪ [Auto Logout Timer‬ﻓﻲ ]‪ [System Settings‬أو‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ إﻋﺪاد ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺮوج اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ" "‪ ،"Timer Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور اﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ورﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور‬

‫أدﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Login‬ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[User Name‬‬

‫‪79‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Done‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Password‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Done‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Login‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ إدﺧﺎل ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻌﺪد ﻣﺤﺪد ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮات‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻻﺳﻢ )وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ(‪ .‬وﻳﺒﻠﻎ اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺤﺎوﻻت ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻨﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺮات‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Logout‬ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪IC‬‬

‫اﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ IC‬ﻓﻮق ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬وإذا ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ وﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬أﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ IC‬ﻓﻮق ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪80‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻮق‬
‫]‪.[Register‬‬
‫‪ .3‬أﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ IC‬ﻓﻮق ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺮوج‪ ،‬أﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ IC‬ﻓﻮق ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت أو اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫]‪ [Logout‬ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا أﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم آﺧﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ IC‬ﻓﻮق ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺰال‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫دﺧﻮﻟﻚ ﻣﺴﺠﻼ ً‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺧﺮوﺟﻚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ وﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ دﺧﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺤﻤﻮل‬

‫ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪RICOH Smart Device Connector‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎزك اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺤﻤﻮل ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮث ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‪.(BLE‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ Bluetooth function‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎزك اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺑﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ RICOH Smart Device Connector‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺮر ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ أو ﻳﺴﺎرًا ﻟﻌﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬

‫‪81‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[NEXT‬‬

‫‪ .4‬اﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬وأﻣﺴﻚ‬
‫اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل ﻓﻮق ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬أﻣﺴﻚ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل ﻓﻮق ﻣﻠﺼﻖ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪82‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ أو اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Logout‬ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا أﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم آﺧﺮ ﺟﻬﺎزًا ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻻ ً ﻓﻮق ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺰال‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫دﺧﻮﻟﻚ ﻣﺴﺠﻼ ً‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺧﺮوﺟﻚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ وﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ دﺧﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﺄﺳﻠﻮب ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬أدﺧﻞ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫( أو‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Energy Save‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Reset‬ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ أو ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪ Windows‬أو ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪ LDAP‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﺑﺸﻜﻞ دوري ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮح ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺮور اﻷﺣﺮف اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬اﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺣﺮف اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮة‪ A :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 26) Z‬ﺣﺮﻓﴼ(‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺣﺮف اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة‪ A :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 26) Z‬ﺣﺮﻓﴼ(‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷرﻗﺎم‪ 0 :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 10) 9‬أﺣﺮف(‬

‫‪83‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮز‪) :‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ( ! “ ‪{ | } ` _ ^ [ \ ] @ ? < = > ; : / . – , + * ( ) ‘ & % $ #‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫~ )‪ 33‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ(‬

‫‪84‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Address Book‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫]‪.[Edit‬‬

‫]‪User Management / Others‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ] ‪[User‬‬

‫‪.[Management‬‬

‫‪ .5‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪85‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إدﺧﺎل ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪ 128‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺮاء‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.( ) [Home‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻓﻲ ‪.Web Image Monitor‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ ،"Web Image Monitor‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪86‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ وﺿﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ ،(ADF‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺐ وﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ ،(ADF‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻼت وﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻨﺤﺸﺮ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ أو أﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي‬
‫إﻟﻰ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮة‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء وﺣﺪه‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ وﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض‬
‫وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو ﻣﻔﺼﻼﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ارﻓﻊ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ وﺟﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ وﻣﺤﺎذﻳًﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ اﻟﻴﺴﺮى ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 266‬ﺣﺠﻢ ووزن اﻷﺻﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ"‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺰال وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪87‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺑًﺎ ﺳﻤﻴﻜًﺎ أو ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا أﺻﻠﻴًﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﺗُﻨﺰل وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺮﺗﻔﻊ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺪه‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ أو ﺗﻐﻠﻖ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺿﻊ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ وﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪ ،"Setting an Original to Send by Fax on the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪88‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪(ADF‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﺢ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ أوراﻗًﺎ ﻋﺪﻳﺪة ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ أو‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ذات اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﺑﺪء ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ أو ﺗﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ اﻷﺣﺠﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل أﺣﺠﺎم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ وﺿﻌﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 266‬ﺣﺠﻢ ووزن اﻷﺻﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ"‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ أدﻧﺎه ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق أو ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻴﻀﺎء أو‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻮداء أو ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺻﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ دﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺰﻗﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺛﻘﻮب‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻌﺪة أو اﻟﻤﻄﻮﻳﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻤﻮﺟﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﺘﺼﻘﺔ‬
‫ء أو ﻋﺠﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺼﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‬‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻄًﺎ ﻻﺻﻘًﺎ أو ﻏﺮا ً‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ذات أﻏﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ أي ﻧﻮع‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻮرق اﻟﺤﺮاري أو ورق اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫أو ورق اﻷﻟﻮﻣﻨﻴﻮم أو ورق اﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮن أو اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ذات ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻬﺎ ﺛﻘﻮب‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ذات ﻓﻬﺎرس أو ﻋﻼﻣﺎت أو أﺟﺰاء ﺑﺎرزة أﺧﺮى‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺻﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻧﺼﻒ اﻟﺸﻔﺎف‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ رﻗﻴﻘﺔ أو ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺮوﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻤﻴﻜﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪة ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺸﻔﺎف أو اﻟﻮرق ﻧﺼﻒ اﻟﺸﻔﺎف‬

‫‪89‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ" " ‪Printing Documents in‬‬
‫‪ ،"Order of Priority‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﻮب ﺑﻘﻠﻢ رﺻﺎص ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎك‪.‬‬
‫اﻓﺮد أي ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺠﻌﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ وﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺣﺬر ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ وﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا أﺻﻠﻴًﺎ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ً ﺑﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ أو ﺣﺒﺮ‪ .‬وﺳﻴﺘﺮك ذﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﻌًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫زﺟﺎج اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ درج إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬واﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا دﻓﻌﺖ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪث اﻧﺤﺸﺎر ﻟﻠﻮرق‪ .‬إذا ﺣﺪث اﻧﺤﺸﺎر ﻟﻠﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ (ADF‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ .(ADF‬ﺑﺪﻻ ً ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء‬
‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ (ADF‬ﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ وﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺟﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ وﻓﻖ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻮازﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن وﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻓﻲ‬
‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن وﺟﻪ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪90‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻷوراق ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻌﺾ وﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻮق ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ A4‬أو × ‪81/2‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ،11‬اﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ درج إﺧﺮاج‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪91‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪ ،"Setting an Original to Send by Fax on the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪92‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج أو وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (ADF‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻻ ﻳﺰال ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫]‪ [Reset‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Copy‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" " ‪Placing an Original on‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ]‪.[Original Size‬‬

‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‪ ،‬ﺣﺪده ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ] ‪Original‬‬

‫‪.[Setting‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام إﻋﺪادات درج اﻟﻮرق‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام إﻋﺪادات درج اﻟﻮرق ]‪،[Use Paper Tray Settings‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﻨﺎدًا إﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪.‬‬

‫‪93‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أﺣﺠﺎم ﻋﺎدﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﺠﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺣﺠﺎم اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أﺣﺠﺎم ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﻼ ً ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ واﻟﺮأﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻧﺴﺦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ" " ‪Copying a Custom Size‬‬
‫‪ ،"Original‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ أو ] [ ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Quantity‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إدﺧﺎل ﻫﺬا ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Quantity‬أو‬
‫ﻋﺪد‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ درج اﻟﻮرق وﺣﺪد اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺮاد اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أدراج أﺧﺮى ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺎد اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أدراج أﺧﺮى ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات درج اﻟﻮرق" "‪ ،"Tray Paper Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أدراج أﺧﺮى ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺪرج‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻤﺰاﻳﺎ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ )ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪/‬إﻋﺪادات ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات("‬
‫"‪ ،"(General Features (Copier/Document Server Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ] ‪Check the orientation of the original every‬‬
‫‪ [time after pressing Start‬ﻓﻲ ]‪،[Select the original's orientation‬‬
‫واﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Edit / Stamp‬اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬

‫‪94‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ أدﻧﺎه‪ .‬ﺣﺪد اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة‪ ،‬اﻣﺴﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪأ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪأ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ وﻓﻘًﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ أو اﻟﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ .[Start‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ إﻧﻬﺎء اﻟﻤﺴﺢ ]‪ [Finish Scn‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أي ورق أو ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪة ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧُﺴﺦ ﻣﻜﺒﺮة أو ﻣﺼﻐﺮة‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ أو ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ أو اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪدة أو إﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ )ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ أو‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ(‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ أو اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ )ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ )إﻧﺸﺎء ﻫﺎﻣﺶ(‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ أو ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Copy‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" " ‪Placing an Original on‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ (Arabic‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻷﺳﺎس ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج ووﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ (ADF‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪول اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪96‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻷﺳﺎس‬
‫اﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬

‫اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ أو اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬

‫أﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬

‫اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ أو اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬

‫أﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر‪.‬‬
‫وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(ADF‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا أﺻﻠﻴًﺎ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﺰاوﻳﺔ اﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ اﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺳﺎس ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ أو اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج وﻧﻔﺬ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Copy Ratio‬وﺣﺪد ﻧﺴﺒﺔ أو ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ أو ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺑﺪﻻ ً ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫]‪ [Others‬وﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻧﺴﺦ )ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ أو ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ(‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ أو ﺣﺪد ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫‪97‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ )ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ(‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Specify Copy Size‬وأدﺧﻞ ﻃﻮل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫واﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻴﺎرات ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪Copy‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ [Ratio‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ واﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Others] [Copy Ratio‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ" "‪ ،"Reproduction Ratio‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ (Arabic‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪98‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ أو اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ وﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺪد )ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮرق(‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ]‪ [Copy‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" " ‪Placing an Original on‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ (Arabic‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ]‪.[Original Size‬‬

‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‪ ،‬ﺣﺪده ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ] ‪Original‬‬

‫‪.[Setting‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Copy Ratio‬و]‪.[Fit to Paper Size‬‬

‫‪99‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫‪ .6‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻴﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ واﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮم‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺧﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪A4‬‬
‫)‪ (11 × 81/2‬إﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ ،(51/2 × 81/2) A5‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ (51/2 × 81/2) A5‬أو ‪. (51/2 × 81/2) A5‬‬

‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﻟﺰﻳﺎدة اﻟﻬﻮاﻣﺶ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ إﻟﻰ ‪ %93‬واﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮن‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻣﻔﻴﺪًا ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ زﻳﺎدة اﻟﻬﻮاﻣﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ أو ﻧﺴﺦ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ دون أن ﻳﺘﻢ اﻗﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﺤﻮاف ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ً‪.‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ]‪ [Copy‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" " ‪Placing an Original on‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ (Arabic‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻫﺎﻣﺶ ]‪.[Create Margin‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ]‪ [Create Margin‬ﻓﻲ اﻻﻋﺪاد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻻﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ‬
‫]‪ [Copier / Document Server Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﻤﻴﺰات اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫]‪[ Copy (Standard Mode):Customize Function] [General Features‬‬
‫أو ]‪ [(All View Mode) Copy :Customize Function‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻤﺰاﻳﺎ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ )ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪/‬إﻋﺪادات ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات(" " ‪General‬‬
‫‪ ،"(Features (Copier/Document Server Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ ]‪ [Create Margin‬إﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺪﻻ ً ﻣﻦ ‪.%93‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ" "‪ ،"Reproduction Ratio‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ (Arabic‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪101‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺻﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ أو ﺻﻔﺤﺔ واﺣﺪة ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻪ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫واﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻮرﻗﺔ واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ذات اﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 266‬ﺣﺠﻢ ووزن اﻷﺻﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ"‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ]‪ [Copy‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Sided 2 Sided 1‬أو ]‪ [2 Sided 2 Sided‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ وﺟﻬﻴﻦ‬

‫وﺟﻬﻴﻦ‬ ‫وﺟﻬﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﺑﺈﻋﺪادات ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[2 Sided/Combine‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ وﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪102‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫‪ :Original Direction‬ﺣﺪد اﺗﺠﺎه وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ :Original Setting ‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ )وﺟﻪ‬
‫واﺣﺪ ‪ /‬وﺟﻬﺎن )اﺗﺠﺎه ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ((‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Print Side Setting ‬ﺣﺪد "إﻧﻬﺎء" ﻣﻦ ]‪ [Open to Right/Left‬أو‬
‫]‪.[Open to Top‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" " ‪Placing an Original on‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ (Arabic‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Finish Scn‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫وﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻬﻮاﻣﺶ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﺟﻬﻲ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ" "‪ ،"Edit‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ورق اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎت )اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎت اﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت إﻋﺪاد ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫‪103‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻤﺰاﻳﺎ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ )ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪/‬إﻋﺪادات ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات("‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪ ،"(General Features (Copier/Document Server Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ]‪ [Series‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ واﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ورﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻜﺘﺐ أو ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ" " ‪Copying Facing Pages of a Book Type Original or‬‬
‫‪ ،"Two-sided Original‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪104‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻊ وﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت إﻟﻰ‬

‫ورﻗﺔ واﺣﺪة‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ أوراق ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ أو ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫وﺟﻬﻲ ورﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺧﺔ وﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺣﺴﺐ اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫واﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫دﻣﺞ ‪ 8‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎت‬ ‫دﻣﺞ ‪ 4‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎت‬ ‫دﻣﺞ ﺻﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫‪105‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ]‪ [Copy‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[sided Comb 2orig1‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام إﻋﺪادات ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[2 Sided/Combine‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ وﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﺠﻤﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :Original Direction ‬ﺣﺪد اﺗﺠﺎه وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :Original Setting ‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ )وﺟﻪ‬
‫واﺣﺪ ‪ /‬وﺟﻬﺎن )اﺗﺠﺎه ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ((‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Print Side Setting ‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺧﺔ )وﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ ‪/‬‬
‫وﺟﻬﺎن )اﺗﺠﺎه ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ((‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Combine Settings ‬ﺣﺪد ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﺮاد ﺟﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫وﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻟﻮرﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ درج اﻟﻮرق وﺣﺪد اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺮاد اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪106‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" " ‪Placing an Original on‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ (Arabic‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ أوﻻ ً ﺛﻢ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﻴﺴﺮى ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺗُﻘﺮأ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل‪ :‬دﻣﺞ ﺻﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬ ‫اﺗﺠﺎه‬

‫‪ .5‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Finish Scn‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻓﻲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﻮ ‪ .%25‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا أﺻﻠﻴًﺎ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪ (11 × 2/81) A4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ورق‬
‫ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪ (2/81 × 2/51) A5‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ]‪ ،[sided Comb 4orig1‬ﻓﺈن ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ %25‬وﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ أﺟﺰاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ]‪:[Edit‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ :[Erase Original Shadow in Combine] ‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﻫﺎﻣﺶ اﻟﺤﺪود ﺣﻮل ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﻣﺶ‬
‫أم ﻻ‬
‫‪ :[Copy Order in Combine] ‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺔ‬

‫‪107‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫‪ :[Separation Line in Combine] ‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ رﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ" "‪ ،"Edit‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت إﻋﺪاد ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻤﺰاﻳﺎ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ )ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪/‬إﻋﺪادات ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات("‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪ ،"(General Features (Copier/Document Server Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪108‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬

‫ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﺎدة‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ]‪ [Copy‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﻳﻜﻮن وﺟﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 259‬اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪."Bypass Tray Paper Settings‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪاد ]‪.[Change Setting‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ ]‪ ،[Envelope‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪109‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ وزن اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [ChngThickness‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮزن‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪ [OK‬ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ]‪ ،[Custom Size‬أدﺧﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 259‬اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬
‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 259‬اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬

‫‪110‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ]‪ [Copy‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ درج اﻟﻮرق وﺣﺪد اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺮاد اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺪد درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 259‬اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬
‫‪ .6‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫‪111‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت أو ﻟﻜﻞ رﻗﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻧﺴﺨﺘﻴﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮز‬
‫ﻳﻨﺴﺦ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻌًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ]‪ [Copy‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" " ‪Placing an Original on‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ (Arabic‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ أو ] [ ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ]‪ [Quantity‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "ﻧﺴﺦ" ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫‪112‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إدﺧﺎل ﻫﺬا ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Quantity‬أو‬
‫ﻋﺪد‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮز‪/‬ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ ]‪ [Sort/Stack‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‪ ،‬ﺣﺪده ﻣﻦ ]‪.[Finishing‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻔﺮز ]‪ [Sort‬ووﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Finish Scn‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ ،IM 600SRF‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت أﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫إﺧﺮاﺟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬه ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺎد اﻟﻮرق أو اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة أﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮز ﺿﻤﻦ ]‪.[Memory Full Auto Scan Restart‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼت‪/‬اﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎت" "‪ ،"Input / Output‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪113‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ إﻟﻰ ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ إﻧﺸﺎء اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻊ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ )ذاﻛﺮة اﻹرﺳﺎل(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ" " ‪Sending a Fax‬‬
‫‪ ،"While Scanning the Original‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Fax‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮض ]‪ [Fax‬و ]‪ [Memory Transmission‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ‬

‫اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ"‬
‫"‪ ،"Setting an Original to Send by Fax on the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪114‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Settings‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺠﻮدة اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ" " ‪Sending a‬‬
‫‪ ،"Fax at the Image Quality Suitable for the Original‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹدﺧﺎل رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎت اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬أو‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬

‫اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪115‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات ]‪ ،[Settings‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤُﺮﺳﻞ ]‪ [Sender‬ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮم ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻹﺷﻌﺎر ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫]‪ .[Notification of Result‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﺬي‬
‫ﺣﺪدﺗﻪ ﻟﺨﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [Use as Sender‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ﻛﻌﻨﻮان‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ"‬
‫"‪ ،"Registering E-mail Addresses in the Address Book‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪116‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ] ‪Stamp‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪.[Sender Name‬‬
‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Stop‬‬
‫]‪.[Transmission Standby File‬‬ ‫وﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Job Status‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ وﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ" " ‪Confirming and‬‬
‫‪ ،"Handling a Document in the Fax Queue‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ وﻗﺘًﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻌﺎم ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ ]‪ [Pause‬ﺑﻌﺪ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮة ]‪ [Pause‬ﻓﺮدﻳﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻨﺒﻀﻲ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Tone‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ إﺷﺎرة ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ رﻗﻢ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺈدﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻮري ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى‪.‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻔﻮري‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪأت أوﻻ ً ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺛﻼث رﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ "ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ إﻋﺪاد" "‪،"When an Icon is Displayed with a Message‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة "‪"Memory Transmission‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺪد ﺻﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة )اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫‪ ITU-T‬رﻗﻢ ‪ ،1‬اﻟﺪﻗﺔ "اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ"‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ اﻟﺬي‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﻨﺼﻮص(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻮزﻳﻊ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺚ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫‪117‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻷي ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻷﺣﺮف‪/‬اﻷرﻗﺎم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪118‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ أرﻗﺎم اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺮوط اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ إرﺳﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وﺷﺮوط اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Address Book‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Register‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬أدﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ ،[Name‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﻮاﻧًﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫]‪.[Fax‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Destinations‬‬

‫‪119‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد وﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ وﺷﺮوط اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ :Select Line‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ :International Transmission Mode‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪث ﻋﻨﺪ اﻹرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﺎرج‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Fax Header‬ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮع ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻟﺪى‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﺠﻞ ﺗﺮوﻳﺴﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ وﺗﺮوﻳﺴﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ واﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ" " ‪Printing the Destination Name, Fax‬‬
‫‪Header, and Standard Message on the Fax Received at the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Destination‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Label Insertion‬ﺣﺪد اﻻﺳﻢ )اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ‪ +‬اﻻﺳﻢ( واﻟﻌﺒﺎرة اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ وﺗﺮوﻳﺴﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ واﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ" " ‪Printing the Destination Name, Fax‬‬
‫‪Header, and Standard Message on the Fax Received at the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Destination‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪120‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫‪ .6‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ ،[User Management / Others‬وﺣﺪد‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :User Management ‬أدﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬

‫واﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Registration Destination Group ‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﺮورة‪ .‬وﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ" " ‪Registering Groups‬‬
‫‪ ،"in the Address Book‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Display Priority ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ذات اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ذات اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ اﻷﻗﻞ‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت ذات ﻧﻔﺲ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Destination Protection ‬ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻫﺬه ﻟﺘﻄﻠﺐ إدﺧﺎل رﻣﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ إﺳﺎءة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ"‬
‫" ‪Using the Protection Function to Prevent the Misuse of‬‬
‫‪ ،"Addresses‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺮاء‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.( ) [Home‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺣﺬف اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﺬف اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻔﺸﻞ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﻌﺎد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪121‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Address Book‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ أو ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬف وﺟﻬﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Edit‬أو ]‪ [Delete‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ أو ﺣﺬف ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ أو اﻟﺤﺬف‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.( ) [Home‬‬

‫‪122‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫ﻋﺮض ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ وﻓﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أي ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻮري‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺗﺼﺎل واﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻴﺪوي‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Original Orientation‬ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Fax‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ (ADF‬أو ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ"‬
‫"‪ ،"Setting an Original to Send by Fax on the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Original Orientation] [Settings‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Preview‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪123‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫‪"Sending a Fax at the Image Quality Suitable for the Original", Fax‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺠﻮدة اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ" " ‪Sending a‬‬
‫‪ ،"Fax at the Image Quality Suitable for the Original‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Start‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻣﺮر اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎر أو اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﻧﻘﺮ واﺳﺤﺐ ﻟﻠﺪاﺧﻞ أو اﻟﺨﺎرج ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮﻫﺎ أو ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Transmit‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻹرﺳﺎل وﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺮة‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Cancel‬‬

‫‪124‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫ﻋﺮض ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ إرﺳﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻘﺎرﻳﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ أو ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺎرﻳﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل أو اﻹﻋﺪادات‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻮري‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻮري‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﺸﻞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺬر إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺸﻞ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻮري‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﺰن اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺠﻼت‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "ﻋﺮض ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎت اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ" " ‪Viewing the‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،"History of Sent and Received Faxes‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Notification of Results‬ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻻﺳﺘﻼم ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 130‬اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ دون ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ اﻟﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد أﺣﺪ اﻟﺨﻄﻮط ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻷﺣﺮف ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪادات ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤُﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤُﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎل‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻹرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤُﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤُﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻬﺎت ﻓﺎﻛﺲ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ أو وﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪125‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ]‪[Transmission Result‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ]‪[Job Status‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Fax‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Job Status‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Transmission Result‬وﺣﺪد ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪Display All‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺮض ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬
‫واﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز ‪.1000‬‬
‫‪Display per User‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺨﻴﺎر ﻟﻌﺮض ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﺪد‪ .‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Display‬‬
‫‪Display Specified Period‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺨﻴﺎر ﻟﻌﺮض ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ‬

‫‪126‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﺮة اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‪ .‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ﺗﻮارﻳﺦ اﻟﺒﺪء واﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء أو‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Display‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻹرﺳﺎل واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Exit‬‬

‫‪127‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض "‪ "<- LAN-Fax -‬ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ إرﺳﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬
‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻟﻨﻔﺲ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ "*" ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪادات اﻷﻣﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﻔﺮة وﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮزﻳﻌﻬﺎ أو إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﻜﺘﻤﻠﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮض ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻹرﺳﺎل‪ ،‬أﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻹرﺳﺎل واﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺻﺎدرة ﻓﻲ ‪ LAN-Fax‬أو ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر أو ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻫﻲ "‪."Trnsmtg‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻌﺪم ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ" ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻦ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد رﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﺖ ]‪ [0‬ﺗﺤﺖ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪ ،[03‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ "‪."1‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت" "‪ ،"Changing the Parameter Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻮري‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻌﺪم ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد "ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ" ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮري‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد رﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﺖ ]‪ [5‬ﺗﺤﺖ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪ ،[03‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ "‪."1‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت" "‪ ،"Changing the Parameter Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪128‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﺸﻞ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ إذا ﺗﻌﺬر إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ إﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )إﻋﺪاد‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ(‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ إذا ﺗﻌﺬر إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻮري ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻮري ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‬
‫اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺮض ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﺰن اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬

‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﺰن اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺬر ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺮاد إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إذا أردت ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺠﻞ‪ ،‬وﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺨﺰﻧًﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﺰن اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد‬
‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﺖ ]‪ [2‬ﺗﺤﺖ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪ ،[03‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ "‪."1‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت" "‪ ،"Changing the Parameter Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻤﺘﻮازي‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ إذا ﺗﻢ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻈﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋًﺎ إذا ﺗﻌﺬر ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ أﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪129‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ أو ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺻﻮرة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪ ،‬إﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ واﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ وﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Fax‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪ (ADF‬أو ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ"‬
‫"‪ ،"Setting an Original to Send by Fax on the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻹرﺳﺎل إﺷﻌﺎر ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ]‪Settings‬‬
‫‪ ،[ [Sender‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮم ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﺬي ﺣﺪدﺗﻪ ﻟﺨﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ] ‪Use as‬‬
‫‪ [Sender‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ﻛﻌﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ" " ‪Registering‬‬
‫‪ ،"E-mail Addresses in the Address Book‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[Notification of Results‬‬

‫‪130‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫‪ .5‬ﻹرﺳﺎل إﺷﻌﺎر ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ إﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪ [Notification of Results‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]‪ ،[Settings‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد وﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺠﻮدة اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ" " ‪Sending a‬‬
‫‪ ،"Fax at the Image Quality Suitable for the Original‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات اﻹرﺳﺎل‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪ ،‬وأرﺳﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 114‬اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت"‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻹرﺳﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ" " ‪Basic‬‬
‫‪ ،"Procedure for Sending Internet Faxes‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻹرﺳﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ‪IP" "Basic Procedure for‬‬
‫‪ ،"Sending IP-Faxes‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪131‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻲ ‪ Web Image Monitor‬ﻋﺮض ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪ 1000‬ﻣﻦ أﺣﺪث اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬

‫اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل واﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ ‪ Web Image Monitor‬ﻛﻤﺴﺆول‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ ‪Logging in to Web " "Web Image Monitor‬‬
‫‪ ،"Image Monitor‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ "‪ ،"Status/Information‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Job‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Transmission‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪.[Fax History‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Details‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎت ﻛﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ ،CSV‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫]‪.[Download Transmission List‬‬

‫‪132‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫‪ .5‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Logout‬ﺛﻢ أﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪133‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬

‫‪Device Software Manager‬‬
‫إن ‪ Device Software Manager‬ﻫﻮ أداة دﻋﻢ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ .Windows‬وﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪك ‪ Device Software Manager‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف أﺣﺪث ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ وﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاءات‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪ Device Software Manager‬ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Windows‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم ‪ ،Mac OS‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻷﻗﺴﺎم اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 158‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ) ‪OS‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪"(X/macOS‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎل ‪"(OS X/macOS) USB‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪،"(Installing the Printer Driver for USB Connection (OS X/macOS‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ Device Software Manager‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮًا ﻣﺰدوﺟًﺎ ﻓﻮق ]‪ [Setup.exe‬ﻓﻲ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﺬر‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Install Online‬‬

‫‪134‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ ﺛﻢ‬،"License Agreement" ‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬I accept the agreement] ‫ﺣﺪد‬ .3

.[Install] ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
I will participate ] ‫ ﺣﺪد‬،"Quality Improvement Program" ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ .4
I will not participate in ] ‫[ أو‬in the Quality Improvement Program
.[Next] ‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،[the Quality Improvement Program
‫ ﺣﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬،"Driver Update Notification Setting" ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ .5
.[Next] ‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻮل ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
.Device Software Manager ‫ﺗﺒﺪأ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
.[Next] ‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ﺣﺪد اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ .6

135
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ :Network ‬اﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :USB ‬ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻹرﺷﺎدات اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎز"‪ ،‬وﺻّﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺣﺪد ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺸﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫‪136‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮض "‪ "Could not verify publisher‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ اﻟﺬي ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪ .‬واﺻﻞ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ ،USB‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪137‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ .[Cancel Connection‬ﺣﺘﻰ إذا‬

‫ﺗﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ إﻏﻼق ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Finish‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ إﻛﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء رﻣﺰ ‪ Device Software Manager‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ‪Device‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪.Software Manager‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪Updating the Driver " "(Windows‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ ،"(Windows‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪138‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‬Device Software Manager ‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬

.‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮًا ﻣﺰدوﺟًﺎ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‬ .1
‫ ﺛﻢ‬،"License Agreement" ‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬I accept the agreement] ‫ﺣﺪد‬ .2
.[Install] ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Welcome to the Device Software " ‫[ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬Next] ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ .3
."Manager Setup Wizard
I will participate ] ‫ ﺣﺪد‬،"Quality Improvement Program" ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ .4
I will not participate in ] ‫[ أو‬in the Quality Improvement Program
.[Next] ‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،[the Quality Improvement Program
‫ ﺣﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬،"Driver Update Notification Setting" ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ .5
.[Next] ‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻮل ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
.Device Software Manager ‫ﺗﺒﺪأ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
،[Run Device Software Manager] ‫ ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬ .6
.[Finish] ‫ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
.‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ‬.Install Online ‫اﻛﺘﻤﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،[Agree] ‫ ﺣﺪد‬،"End User License Agreement" ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ .7
.[Next]
.[Next] ‫ ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ﺣﺪد اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ .8

139
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ :Network ‬اﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :USB ‬ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻹرﺷﺎدات اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎز"‪ ،‬وﺻّﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺣﺪد ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺸﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫‪140‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮض "‪ "The publisher could not be verified‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪ .‬واﺻﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ ،USB‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪141‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ .[Cancel Connection‬ﺣﺘﻰ إذا‬

‫ﺗﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ إﻏﻼق ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Finish‬‬

‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮًا ﻣﺰدوﺟًﺎ ﻓﻮق رﻣﺰ ‪ Device Software Manager‬اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﻧﺸﺎؤه ﻓﻲ ‪ Finder‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪Updating the Driver " "(Windows‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ ،"(Windows‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪142‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫)‪(Windows‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ PCL 6‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮًا ﻣﺰدوﺟًﺎ ﻓﻮق ]‪ [Setup.exe‬ﻓﻲ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﺬر‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Install from Disk‬‬

‫‪ .4‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[(Network Printer(s‬‬

‫‪143‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"License Agreement‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ ،[I accept the agreement‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Confirm Network Connection‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻒ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺣﺪد ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Install‬‬

‫‪144‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .8‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Set Port‬ﺣﺪد ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻫﺬه اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺬر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫إﺣﺪى اﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪145‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪IP‬‬
‫‪ .1‬أدﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪.9‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺬي ﺳﻴﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪.9‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ ،[Specify a new port‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Add Printer and Utility Wizard‬ﺣﺪد ] ‪Standard‬‬
‫‪ [TCP/IP Port‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard‬اﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Add port‬أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ أو ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪،"Additional port information required‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ]‪ ،[RICOH Network Printer C model‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Finish‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪146‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .10‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Continue‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Finish‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ PostScript 3‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮًا ﻣﺰدوﺟًﺎ ﻓﻮق ]‪ [Setup.exe‬ﻓﻲ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﺬر‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ﻟﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[PostScript 3 Printer Driver‬‬

‫‪147‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .4‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"License Agreement‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ ،[I accept the agreement‬ﺛﻢ‬

‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫‪ .5‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﺣﺪد ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‪.‬‬

‫‪148‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫إﺣﺪى اﻟﻄﺮق اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪IP‬‬
‫‪ .1‬أدﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺬي ﺳﻴﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ ،[Specify a new port‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Add Printer and Utility Wizard‬ﺣﺪد ] ‪Standard‬‬
‫‪ [TCP/IP Port‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard‬اﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Add port‬أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ أو ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪،"Additional port information required‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ]‪ ،[RICOH Network Printer C model‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫‪149‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ .6‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Finish‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Printer Name‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺷﺠﺮة اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬

‫‪ .8‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Continue‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Finish‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ PCL 6/PostScript 3‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮًا ﻣﺰدوﺟًﺎ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Extract‬أو ]‪.[Install‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻇﻬﺮت ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Security Warning‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"User Account Control‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Yes‬أو‬
‫]‪.[Allow‬‬

‫‪150‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"End User License Agreement‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ ،[Agree‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[Next‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ ،[Network‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻒ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 152‬إذا ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺸﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫‪151‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Finish‬‬

‫إذا ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪."Network Connection Error‬‬

‫‪152‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫إﻟﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ .[OK‬إذا ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ وﻧﻔﺬ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺪد ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Click if you cannot find the device‬‬

‫‪153‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Specify device IP address‬أو ]‪ ،[Specify device name‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬أدﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Search‬‬

‫‪154‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻤﺮاد اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫‪155‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Printer Preference‬ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻦ " ‪Port‬‬

‫‪ ،"Name‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Next‬‬

‫‪156‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل إﺟﺮاء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫"ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺬر ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘًﺎ" " ‪When You Cannot Print a Document even if the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Printer Driver Is Installed‬دﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ إﻧﻬﺎء ]‪.[Finish‬‬

‫‪157‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫)‪(OS X/macOS‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪) PPD‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ ،OS X/macOS‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﺠّﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪PPD‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [macOS‬ﻟﻌﺮض‬

‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ]‪.[macOS PPD Installer‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬اﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮًا ﻣﺰدوﺟًﺎ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻠﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮًا ﻣﺰدوﺟًﺎ ﻓﻮق ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ]‪.[macOS PPD Installer] [macOS‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Continue‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Introduction‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Continue‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"License‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Continue‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Accept‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Continue‬‬
‫‪ .5‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Install‬‬

‫‪158‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .6‬أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪Install‬‬
‫‪.[Software‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪.PPD‬‬

‫‪159‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Close‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Print & Scan‬أو ]‪[Printers & Scanners‬‬

‫ﺳﺠّﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ PPD‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [...System Preferences‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.Apple‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Print & Scan‬أو ]‪.[Printers & Scanners‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[+‬‬

‫‪ .4‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[IP‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪160‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬اﻟﻌﻨﻮان‪ :‬أدﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل‪ :‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ .[(LPD (Line Printer Daemon‬إذا اﺳﺘﻐﺮﻗﺖ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫وﻗﺘًﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ] ‪LPD (Line Printer‬‬
‫‪ ،[(Daemon‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل إﻟﻰ ]‪.[HP Jetdirect - Socket‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪ :‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮض اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮض " ‪Generic‬‬
‫‪ ،"PostScript Printer‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض "‪ "Generic PostScript Printer‬رﻏﻢ أن ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ PPD‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪161‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [...Select Software‬ﻋﻠﻰ "‪."Use‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "‪ ،"Printer Software‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪162‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .5‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Add‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺪم‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻏﻼق ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﺪم ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮة‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [...Configure‬أو‬
‫]‪ [Settings‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺧﻴﺎر اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ إﺟﺮاء ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 164‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺨﻴﺎر"‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]‪ [Print & Scan‬أو ] & ‪Printers‬‬
‫‪.[Scanners‬‬

‫‪163‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .7‬أﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‬

‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺧﻴﺎر ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫]‪ [Print & Scan‬أو ]‪.[Printers & Scanners‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [...System Preferences‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.Apple‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Print & Scan‬أو ]‪.[Printers & Scanners‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[...Options & Supplies‬‬

‫‪164‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .4‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Driver‬أو ]‪ ،[Options‬وﺣﺪد اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ إدﺧﺎل‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪165‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ أو ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ PPD‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹدﺧﺎل ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬أو ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ ،PPD‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 160‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Print & Scan‬أو ]‪."[Printers & Scanners‬‬
‫‪ .5‬أﻏﻠﻖ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼت اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‪.‬‬

‫‪166‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫ﺣﺪد ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق واﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻛﺈﻋﺪاد اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ واﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Off‬ﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫إذا أرﺳﻠﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ‪ USB 2.0‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل ﻣﻬﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪Windows‬‬

‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬واﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻌﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻓﻲ ‪ ،Microsoft Word/Excel‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Print‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫]‪ ،[File‬وﺣﺪد اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Printer properties‬‬

‫‪167‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق ودرج اﻟﻮرق واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ] ‪Frequently Used‬‬
‫‪ [Settings‬وﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ .[Detailed Settings‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ ،[Frequently Used Settings‬ﺣﺘﻰ إذا ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪.[Detailed Settings‬‬

‫‪168‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ :One Click Preset List‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪة ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﻢ أو‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ .‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪه‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ إﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﻘﺮة واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام" " ‪Registering Frequently‬‬
‫‪ ،"Used Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Job Type‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Normal Print‬ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر واﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫)‪.(Sample Print‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر واﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ"‬
‫" ‪Making a Partial Print as a Test and Proceeding to Print the Rest‬‬
‫‪ ،"of the Document‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ )‪ Locked Print‬أو ‪ Hold Print‬أو‬
‫‪.(Stored Print‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Storing Documents‬‬
‫‪ ،"to Print in the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪169‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ :Document Size‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ :Orientation‬ﺣﺪد اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪد ‪ Portrait‬أو ‪.Landscape‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ :Paper Type‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ :Input Tray‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻴﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[Auto Tray Select‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ درج ورق ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ وﻓﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [Print On‬و ]‪.،[Paper Type‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أدراج ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ] ‪Auto Tray‬‬
‫‪ ،[Select‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺨﺘﺎر ﺗﻠﻚ اﻷدراج ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات درج اﻟﻮرق" "‪ ،"Tray Paper Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أدراج أﺧﺮى ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺪرج‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻨﻈﺎم )إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(" ")‪ ،"System (Printer Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Copies ‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ ،[Detailed Settings‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ وﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬

‫‪170‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫( إﻟﻰ وﺟﻮد ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ‪ .‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ )‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮع ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻓﻲ ‪ ،Microsoft Word / Excel‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Print‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪.1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]‪ ،[Devices and Printers‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Print Settings‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ]‪ [Standard settings‬اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪171‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ ‪OS X/macOS‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﺎل إﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ .OS X 10.13‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻹﺟﺮاء ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫اﻹﺻﺪارات اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Print‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪.[File‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ "‪.":Printer‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق واﻻﺗﺠﺎه واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪ :Copies ‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :Paper Size ‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Orientation ‬ﺣﺪد اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪد ‪ Portrait‬أو ‪.Landscape‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺪد ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد درج اﻟﻮرق وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫‪172‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[Auto Select‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ درج ورق ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ :Job Type ‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Normal Print‬ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬

‫‪173‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر واﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫)‪.(Sample Print‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر واﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ"‬
‫" ‪Making a Partial Print as a Test and Proceeding to Print the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Rest of the Document‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ )‪ Locked Print‬أو ‪Hold Print‬‬
‫أو ‪.(Stored Print‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Storing‬‬
‫‪ ،"Documents to Print in the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰات اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ "‪ ،"Feature Sets‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ :Paper Type ‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Print‬ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪174‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ وﺟﻬﻲ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ )‪(Windows‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪.[Frequently Used Settings‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬واﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ‪ Paper Size‬و‪ Paper Type‬و‪ Orientation‬وﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 167‬اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات"‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ] ‪Frequently Used‬‬
‫‪ ،[Settings‬ﺣﺪد ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻟﻠﻮرق ﻓﻲ "‪."2 sided‬‬

‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ وﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺪ‬

‫‪175‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺠﺎه‬

‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬

‫)ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ(‬ ‫)ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎر(‬

‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬

‫)ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎر(‬ ‫)ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ(‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ )‪(OS X/macOS‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪.[Layout‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬واﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق واﻻﺗﺠﺎه وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 167‬اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات"‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[Two-Sided‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Layout‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫‪176‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ وﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺪ‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Print‬‬

‫‪177‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫دﻣﺞ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة وﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ واﺣﺪة‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ واﺣﺪة ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻣﺼّﻐﺮ )دﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫أﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪ A4‬إﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ‪ A5‬وﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ ‪ .A4‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺘﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ودﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻳﻦ أﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 16‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ واﺣﺪة وﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ دﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻳﻦ أﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ )‪(Windows‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد وﻇﻴﻔﺔ دﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻳﻦ أﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ] ‪Frequently Used‬‬
‫‪.[Settings‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬واﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق واﻻﺗﺠﺎه واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 167‬اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات"‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ دﻣﺠﻬﺎ وﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪178‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ :Layout‬ﺣﺪد ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ دﻣﺠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ :Page Order‬ﺣﺪد ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ :Draw Frame Border‬ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ Draw Frame Border‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫]‪ [Sided/Layout/Booklet 2‬ﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Detailed Settings‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻧﻔﺲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ .‬وإذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ دﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻳﻦ أﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ )‪(OS X/macOS‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد وﻇﻴﻔﺔ دﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻳﻦ أﺻﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪.[Layout‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬واﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق واﻻﺗﺠﺎه وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪179‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 167‬اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات"‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ ،[Layout‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ دﻣﺠﻬﺎ وﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ورﻗﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﺪد ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ دﻣﺠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ‪ :‬ﺣﺪد ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﺪود‪ :‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﻮﻋًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻂ اﻟﺤﺪود ﻟﺮﺳﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Print‬ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪180‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ أو درج اﻟﻮرق وﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات ورق اﻟﺪرج‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻐﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ أو درج اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺪرج ‪ 2‬إﻟﻰ ‪5‬‬ ‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬

‫اﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻋﺪادات ]‪.[Settings‬‬

‫]‪ [Tray Paper Size‬أو ] ‪Printer‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Tray Paper Settings‬‬
‫‪ ،[Bypass Paper Size‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪181‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎن ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻈﺮوف اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪرج ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺪد‬
‫]‪ [Custom Size‬وأدﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .5‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Paper Type‬ﻟﻠﺪرج اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد‬
‫]‪.[Envelope‬‬

‫(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ]‪) [Home‬‬
‫‪ .7‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬واﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ :Document Size‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎن ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺪرج ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬ﻓﺄدﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪.[...Custom Paper Size‬‬
‫]‪Paper Type: [Envelope‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ورق ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‪ ،‬واﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﺎدة ﻛﺨﻴﺎر ﻷﺣﺠﺎم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪OS X/macOS‬‬

‫‪183‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ :Paper Size‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎن ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪرج‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺪد ]‪ [Manage Custom Sizes‬وأدﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪Paper Type: [Envelope‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﻧﻔﺬ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪184‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣُﺨﺰّن ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪ Quick Print Release‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﻠﻒ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺣﺬف‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ وإﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Quick Print Release‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،Quick Print Release‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﺮف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻵﻣﻨﺔ أو ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎت ﻣﺮور‪ .‬وﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور‬
‫اﻟﻤُﺪﺧﻠﺔ واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺪون ﻛﻠﻤﺎت ﻣﺮور‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :Preview‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬إذا ﺣﺪدت ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Print Settings‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ" " ‪Print Settings‬‬
‫‪ ،"Configured on the Control Panel‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬

‫‪185‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Manage Files ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ أو ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮور اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪة ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ‪.Manage Files‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Print‬‬

‫‪186‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪ USB‬أو ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SD‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﺬا اﻟﺨﻴﺎر ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ذاﻛﺮة ‪ SD‬وأﺟﻬﺰة ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪ USB‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪًا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺑﺘﻼع اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﻔﻼش ‪،USB‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺸﺮ اﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ دﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎز ذاﻛﺮة ‪ USB‬اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ وﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ‪ SD‬ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻧﻮاع ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻬﺰة ذاﻛﺮة ‪USB‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ وﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت ‪.SD‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 999‬ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ إﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪ 1‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ إﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﻬﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻠﻒ ‪ ،PDF‬ﻧﻔﺬ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎرض‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ PDF‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ Acrobat Reader‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬

‫‪ Exif‬اﻹﺻﺪار ‪ 1.0‬أو أﺣﺪث‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪JPEG‬‬

‫‪187‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ TIFF‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ TIFF‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ‪ MH‬أو ‪ MR‬أو‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪TIFF‬‬
‫‪MMR‬‬

‫أﻗﺪم*‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ PDF‬اﻹﺻﺪار ‪) 1.7‬ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪ (Acrobat 8.0‬أو‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪PDF‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪XPS‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪XPS‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ اﻟﻮظﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪ Crypt Filter :‬أو ‪) DeviceN Color Space‬أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت(‪ ،‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت اﻻﺧﺘﯿﺎرﯾﺔ )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ‪AcroForm ،(1.6‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ PDF‬ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪Print/Scan (Memory Storage‬‬
‫‪[(Device‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ )ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰ ﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة(‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪[Print from Storage Device‬‬

‫‪ .3‬أدﺧﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪188‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [USB‬أو ]‪.[SD Card‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ﻛﺄﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎت أو ﺻﻮر‬
‫ﻣﺼﻐﺮة‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Print Settings‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ أو‬

‫اﻟﺘﺸﻄﻴﺐ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻀﺮورة‪.‬‬

‫‪ :Resolution‬ﺣﺪد دﻗﺔ اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ :Copy Ratio‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ أو اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫‪189‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ :Quantity‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ :2 Sided‬ﺣﺪد اﺗﺠﺎه ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ :Select Paper Tray‬ﺣﺪد درج اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ :Sort/Stack‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ أو ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫دﻓﻌﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Staple‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ :Book‬ﺣﺪد اﺗﺠﺎه ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺪ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪاد ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺪ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪.PDF/XPS‬‬
‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Start‬ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪190‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ وإرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ وأرﻓﻖ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ وأرﺳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات ﺧﺎدم ‪ SMTP‬واﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﴼ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻹرﺳﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ "‬
‫"‪ ،"Configuring the Settings to Send E-mails from the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﺠّﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ" " ‪Registering‬‬
‫‪ ،"E-mail Addresses in the Address Book‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Scanner‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Scan to Email‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪191‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" "‪،"Placing an Original to Scan‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Send Settings‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Sender‬وﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮم ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺳﺠّﻞ دﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﺳﺠﻞ دﺧﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ اﻟﻤُﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [On‬ﻓﻲ ]‪[File Transfer] [System Settings‬‬
‫]‪ ،[Auto Specify Sender Name‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﻼم ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [Reception Notice‬ﻻﺳﺘﻼم ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .7‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪192‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻹدﺧﺎل ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎت‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪،‬‬
‫وﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى أو ﺣﺪد ]‪ [To‬أو ]‪ [Cc‬أو‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫]‪.[Bcc‬‬

‫‪ .8‬ﺣﺪد إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻐﺮض اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 212‬ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺠﻮدة وﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ"‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 216‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻠﻒ أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ"‬
‫‪ .9‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫‪193‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ وﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إدﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ أو ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪه ﻣﻦ ﺳﺠﻼت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Scanner‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Scan to Email‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" "‪،"Placing an Original to Scan‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Send Settings‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻐﺮض اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 212‬ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺠﻮدة وﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ"‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 216‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻠﻒ أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ"‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻹدﺧﺎل ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ]‪.[Enter Using Keyboard‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪194‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ادﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫]‪.[Book .Reg. to Add‬‬

‫‪ .4‬أدﺧﻞ اﻻﺳﻢ واﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ]‪.[Select from History‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪195‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Register‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻻﺳﻢ واﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [OK‬ﻹﻏﻼق ﺷﺎﺷﺔ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [OK‬ﻹﻏﻼق ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]‪.[Select from History‬‬
‫‪ .8‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Start‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪196‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ وإرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ‬

‫ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪،‬‬
‫أﻧﺸﺊ ﻣﺠﻠﺪًا ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ وﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺗﺤﺘﺎج أﻳﻀًﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ" " ‪Connecting to a‬‬
‫‪ ،"Wireless LAN‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ وﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪Scan to‬‬
‫‪.Folder Helper‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﺟﻬﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪Scan to Folder‬‬
‫‪Specifying the Destination of Send to Folder Using the Scan " "Helper‬‬
‫‪ ،"to Folder Helper App‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪ ،SMB 3.0‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮدي ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴﴼ إﻟﻰ ﺧﺎدم ‪.FTP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪،"Registering the Destination Folder to Use for Send to Folder‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‬

‫اﻃﺒﻊ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ أدﻧﺎه ﻟﺘﺪوﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪197‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ )ﻣﺜﺎل ﻗﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮد إدﺧﺎل اﻹﻋﺪاد‬ ‫رﻗﻢ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد(‬

‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫إﻋﺪاد ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪ /‬ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺧﺎدم ‪DHCP‬‬ ‫]‪[1‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﻮان ‪IP‬‬

‫‪:USERDNSDOMAIN‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل ‪ /‬اﺳﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫‪:USERDOMAIN‬‬
‫]‪[2‬‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫]‪ [3‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫]‪ [4‬اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )‪(Windows‬‬

‫أﻛﺪ اﻻﺳﻢ وﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬واﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮك‪ ،‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪.‬‬
‫] ‪Windows‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Start‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[All apps‬‬
‫‪.[Command Prompt] [System‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أدﺧﻞ "‪ "ipconfig/all‬واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ]‪.[Enter‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬وﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪ /‬اﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻟﺨﺎدم ‪DHCP‬‬

‫‪198‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫وﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬واﻛﺘﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ]‪ [1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮة أﻋﻼه‪ ،‬اﻣﻸ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .4‬أدﺧﻞ "‪ "set user‬واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ]‪.[Enter‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ "‪ "set‬و "‪."user‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل واﺳﻢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ واﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪ ،‬واﻛﺘﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ]‪ [2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮة أﻋﻼه‪ ،‬اﻣﻸ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪199‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض "‪ "USERDNSDOMAIN‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬

‫اﻟﺬي ﻧﻔﺬ اﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬واﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ]‪ [3‬ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬اﻵن‪ ،‬أﻧﺸﺊ ﻣﺠﻠﺪًا‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد أذوﻧﺎت اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬

‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك )‪(Windows‬‬

‫أﻧﺸﺊ ﻣﺠﻠﺪًا ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ‪ Windows‬وﺣﺪد أذوﻧﺎت اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ ‪ Windows‬ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺎﻣﺘﻴﺎزات إدارﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أﻧﺸﺊ ﻣﺠﻠﺪًا ﺟﺪﻳﺪًا ﻓﻲ ‪ Windows Explorer‬واﻛﺘﺐ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻓﻲ ]‪[4‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤه‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[Properties‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ ،[Sharing‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Advanced Sharing‬‬

‫‪200‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[Share this folder‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Permissions‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ إﻛﻤﺎل ﻫﺬا اﻹﺟﺮاء‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ‪) Everyone‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪد(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ أﺿﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺣًﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي‬
‫ﺗﻢ إدراج ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Everyone‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪ ،[Group or user names‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Remove‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Object Types] [Advanced] [Add‬‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ]‪ ،[Users‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪201‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .9‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Locations‬وﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﺎل أو ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ‬

‫إﻟﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )]‪ [2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ( ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .10‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Find Now] [Advanced‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ )]‪[2‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ( ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﺪد‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Columns‬أو اﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺤﻘﻞ ]‪ ،[Search results‬وﺣﺪد ] ‪Choose‬‬
‫‪ ،[columns‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Logon Name‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪ [Columns available‬أو‬
‫])‪.[Logon Name (pre-Windows 2000‬‬
‫‪ .12‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي ﺗﻤﺖ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [Allow‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫]‪.[Permissions‬‬

‫‪202‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .14‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [OK‬ﻹﻏﻼق ﻛﻞ اﻟﻨﻮاﻓﺬ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ أذوﻧﺎت اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺑﻨﺠﺎح‪ .‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أذوﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰر اﻟﻤﺎوس اﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤه‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[Properties‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Edit...‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪. [Security‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Advanced] [Add‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Object Types‬أو ]‪ [Locations‬واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Find Now‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻷذوﻧﺎت‪ ،‬واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪203‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي ﺗﻤﺖ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [Allow‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫]‪ [Permissions‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .8‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [OK‬ﻹﻏﻼق ﻛﻞ اﻟﻨﻮاﻓﺬ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬه ﻫﻲ اﻟﻤﺮة اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪ .‬وﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‬
‫‪.Windows‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )‪(OS X/macOS‬‬

‫أﻛﺪ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻹﻧﺸﺎء اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك واﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻷﺧﺮى واﻛﺘﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ ‪ OS X/macOS‬ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺎﻣﺘﻴﺎزات إدارﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Apple‬وﺣﺪد ]‪.[About This Mac‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[System Report‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Software‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷﻳﺴﺮ واﻛﺘﺐ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض‬
‫ﻓﻲ ]‪ [1‬واﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ]‪ [2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮة أﻋﻼه‪ ،‬اﻣﻸ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪204‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ .5‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Apple‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ]‪.[System Preferences‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻓﻲ ]‪ ،[Network‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Ethernet‬أو ]‪ [Wi-Fi‬واﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪IP‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻓﻲ ]‪ [1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬اﻵن‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮك‪.‬‬

‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك )‪(OS X/macOS‬‬

‫أﻧﺸﺊ ﻣﺠﻠﺪًا ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛًﺎ وﺣﺪد أذوﻧﺎت اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ ‪ OS X‬ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺪﻳﻪ اﻣﺘﻴﺎزات إدارﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أﻧﺸﺊ ﻣﺠﻠﺪًا ﺟﺪﻳﺪًا واﻛﺘﺐ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻓﻲ ]‪ [4‬ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ Apple‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد ]‪.[System Preferences‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Sharing‬وﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [File Sharing‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[Options‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺎت اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [Share files and folders using SMB‬وﺣﺴﺎب‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Done‬‬

‫‪205‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]‪ ،[Authenticate‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور اﻟﺤﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬

‫ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [ ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪ [Shared Folders‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]‪.[Sharing‬‬

‫‪ .7‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤه ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪ 1‬واﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Add‬‬

‫‪ .8‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻤﺖ إﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪ 7‬وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ إذن‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ إﻟﻰ "ﻗﺮاءة وﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ"‪.‬‬

‫‪206‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺎرك اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤه ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻘﺴﻢ إﺟﺮاءات ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤه ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ Windows‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻛﻤﺜﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Address Book‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Register‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬أدﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺎت اﻹدﺧﺎل اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

‫]‪ ،[Name‬وﺣﺪد اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪207‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ ،[Destinations‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Folder‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [(SMB (Send to Shared Folder on PC‬ﻓﻲ ]‪.[Protocol‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﺣﺪد ﻣﺴﺎر اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك ﻓﻲ "‪."Path‬‬

‫إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ "‪ [1]) "YamadaPC‬ﻋﻠﻰ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻔﺤﺺ( واﺳﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك "‪ ،([4]) "shared_doc‬أدﺧﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫\\‪YamadaPC¥shared_doc‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Browse Network‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫‪208‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪ ،[Folder Authentication Info‬ﺣﺪد ] ‪Specify Other‬‬
‫‪ [Authentication Information‬ﺛﻢ أدﺧﻞ اﻻﺳﻢ وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﺬي ﺳﻴﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Connection Test‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء أي اﺗﺼﺎل‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 367‬ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ"‬
‫‪ .9‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .10‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ ،[User Management / Others‬وﺣﺪد‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .11‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫‪ .12‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ( ) [Home‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻹرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Scanner‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [To Folder‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪209‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫"وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ"‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" "‪،"Placing an Original to Scan‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Send Settings‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﻓﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺮض اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 212‬ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺠﻮدة وﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ"‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 216‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻠﻒ أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ"‬
‫‪ .5‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد ]‪ [Search Address Book‬أو ] ‪Specify by Reg.‬‬
‫‪ [No.‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹدﺧﺎل اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد ]‪ .[Manual Entry‬ﺣﺪد‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ SMB‬ﻛﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل وأدﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪210‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ .6‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ أي ﻣﻦ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ أﻣﺎن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ]‪.[Scan to Folder‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ إرﺳﺎل ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺣﻘﻮل اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫واﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﻘﻮل‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮزع اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪211‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺠﻮدة وﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد ﺟﻮدة وﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ]‪.[Send Settings‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Scanner‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" "‪،"Placing an Original to Scan‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Send Settings‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﺣﺪد ﻧﻮع‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ )اﻟﺠﻮدة( واﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ واﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫‪212‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫اﺑﻴﺾ واﺳﻮد‪ :‬ﻧﺺ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺺ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮد‬

‫واﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺪرﺟﺘﻲ أﻟﻮان اﻷﺳﻮد واﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪Dropout Color‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﺤﻮ اﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ) ‪Chromatic‬‬
‫‪ .(Blue ،Green ،Red ،Color‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮن‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎه‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ أﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫]‪ [Narrow‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﻠﻮن ﻟﻤﺤﻮه‪.‬‬

‫اﺑﻴﺾ واﺳﻮد‪ :‬ﻧﺺ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﻮص وﺻﻮر ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮد واﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺪرﺟﺘﻲ أﻟﻮان‬ ‫‪ /‬ﺻﻮرة‬
‫اﻷﺳﻮد واﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﻮص وأﺷﻜﺎل ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮد واﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫اﺑﻴﺾ واﺳﻮد‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺪرﺟﺘﻲ أﻟﻮان‬ ‫ﻧﺺ‪/‬ﺧﻂ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫اﻷﺳﻮد واﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ أﺷﻜﺎل وﺻﻮر ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮد واﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫اﺑﻴﺾ واﺳﻮد‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺪرﺟﺘﻲ أﻟﻮان‬ ‫ﺻﻮرة‬
‫اﻷﺳﻮد واﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ أﺷﻜﺎل وﺻﻮر ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮد واﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرج رﻣﺎدي‬

‫ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻛﺼﻮرة ﺗﻀﻢ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻇﻼل اﻟﻠﻮن اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي‪.‬‬

‫أﻟﻮان ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﻧﺺ ‪ /‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺺ ﻣﻠﻮن‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻮرة‬

‫‪213‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫أﻟﻮان ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺻﻮرة ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻠﻮن ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪ اﻟﻔﻀﺔ أو‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮر‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﻣﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪد اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻠﻮن آﻟﻴًﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪه ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫اﻋﺘﻤﺎدًا ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﻣﺤﺘﻮى‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أن ﺗﺤﺪد ﻓﻘﻂ ]‪ ،[Text / Photo :Full Color] ،[Gray Scale‬أو‬

‫]‪ [Glossy Photo :Full Color‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ] ‪High Compression‬‬
‫‪ [PDF‬ﻓﻲ ]‪ [PDF Type‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪.[File Type‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 216‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻠﻒ أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ"‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‬

‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر أو اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻷﻟﻮان‬ ‫ﺣﺮّك‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺮّك ﺷﺮﻳﻂ اﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [Auto Density‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺷﻔﺎف‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻇﻞ ]‪ [Auto Density‬ﻓﻲ ]‪[Scanner Settings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫] ‪Background Density of‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Scan Settings‬‬
‫)‪.[ADS (Full Color‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ )إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ("‬
‫")‪ ،"Scan Settings (Scanner Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪214‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺮاد اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﺤﺴﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺟﻮدة اﻟﺼﻮرة ﻛﻠﻤﺎ زادت اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻀﻤﺎن ﺟﻮدة اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪[dpi 100‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [High Compression PDF‬ﻓﻲ ]‪ [PDF Type‬ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫]‪.[File Type‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 216‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻠﻒ أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ"‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [OCR‬ﻓﻲ ]‪ [PDF Detailed Settings‬ﺗﺤﺖ ] ‪File‬‬
‫‪[Type‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ‪ PDF‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻨﺺ" " ‪Scanning an Original as a PDF File with‬‬
‫‪ ،"Embedded Text Data‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴﴼ إﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪ [Sender‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫‪215‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻠﻒ أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪد اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Send Settings‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Scanner‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" "‪،"Placing an Original to Scan‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Send Settings‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[File Type‬وﺣﺪد ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴﴼ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Others‬ﻟﻌﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪) TIFF / JPEG‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻔﺮدة(‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮرة ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﺮدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺪد ‪ Black & White‬ﻓﻲ ]‪ ،[Original Type‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴﴼ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪.TIFF‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺪد ‪ Gray Scale‬أو ‪ Full Color‬ﻓﻲ ]‪ ،[Original Type‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪.TIFF‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ JPEG‬ﺣﺘﻰ إذا ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،Gray Scale‬ﻓﺤﺪد ]‪ [On‬ﻓﻲ ]‪[Scanner Settings‬‬

‫‪216‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫]‪.[Compression (Gray Scale / Full Color)] [Send Settings‬‬
‫‪ :TIFF (Multi-page) ‬ﻳﺘﻢ دﻣﺞ ﻋﺪة ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮرة واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :(PDF (Single Page ‬وﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ PDF‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﺮدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :(PDF (Multi-page ‬ﻳﺘﻢ دﻣﺞ ﻋﺪة ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ PDF‬واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ PDF‬اﻟﻌﺎدي‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ] ‪High Compression‬‬
‫‪ [PDF‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻘﺮاءة أو‬
‫]‪ [PDF/A‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر اﻟﺪوﻟﻲ وﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ اﻷﺟﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [File Name‬وأدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل دﻣﺞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :File Name ‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﺳﻢ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Start Number ‬ﺣﺪد رﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إﻟﺤﺎﻗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ اﺳﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Add Date & Time ‬ﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻫﺬه ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ "اﻟﺴﻨﺔ واﻟﺸﻬﺮ‬
‫واﻟﻴﻮم واﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ" اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺣﺪد إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻐﺮض اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 212‬ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺠﻮدة وﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ"‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ إﻋﺪادات اﻷﻣﺎن واﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ وﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻨﺺ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪.PDF‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ‪ PDF‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪاد اﻷﻣﺎن"‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪217‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
،"Scanning an Original as a PDF with Security Setting Specified"
.‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬

218
 ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ‪ PDF‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﺺ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪،"Scanning an Original as a PDF File with Embedded Text Data‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻒ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ PDF‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 429‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﺪد اﻷرﻗﺎم ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Scanner Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫]‪.[No. of Digits for Single Page Files] [Send Settings‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات اﻹرﺳﺎل )إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ(" " ‪Send Settings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ ،"(Scanner Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ ،[High Compression PDF‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﺿﻊ ] ‪Speedy‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ [PDF Creation‬ووﺿﻊ ]‪ .[Quality Priority‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﺿﻊ أوﻟﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻮدة ]‪ ،[Quality Priority‬ﺗﻨﺸﺊ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ PDF‬ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻮدة ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ PDF‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻹﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ]‪.[Speedy PDF Creation‬‬

‫‪219‬‬
 ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Storing Documents to Print in‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ أﻳﺎم )‪72‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ( ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪ .‬وﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ‬
‫]‪ [Auto Delete File in Document Server‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬف‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات أو ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪم ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﺮة ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات أو ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﺘﺮة ﻻ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ"‬
‫" ‪Changing the Storage Period of Document Server or Specifying‬‬
‫‪ ،"an Indefinite Period‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Document Server‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[To Scanning Screen‬‬

‫‪220‬‬
 ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات واﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪ :Target Fldr. to Store ‬ﺣﺪد "اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك" اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤه ﻓﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻊ أو ﺣﺪد ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي ﺗﻨﺸﺌﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ أوﻻ ً‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات" " ‪Organizing‬‬
‫‪ ،"Document Server Using Folders‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :User Name ‬ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪد‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ أو أدﺧﻞ اﻻﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :File Name ‬ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﺳﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ "‪ "COPY0001‬أو "‪ "COPY0002‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Password ‬ﺣﺪد ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ وﺿﻌﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" " ‪Placing an Original on‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Scanner‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ (Arabic‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪221‬‬
 ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺣﺪد ﺷﺮوط اﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق أو ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(ADF‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪Finish‬‬
‫‪ [Scanning‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺠﻢ واﻻﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻟﻠﺪرج اﻟﺬي‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺾ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ أو اﻻﺗﺠﺎه اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻘﺮاءة‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ أو ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮه‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻣﺘﻴﺎزات اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Specifying Access Privileges for Documents Stored in‬‬
‫‪ ،"Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ] ‪Auto Delete File in‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ [Document Server‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Off‬ﺛﻢ ﺧﺰّن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫]‪ [Specify Days‬أو ]‪ [Specify Hours‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪ .‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪222‬‬
 ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻹﻋﺪادات وﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮرق واﻹﻋﺪادات اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ أو ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪Web Image‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪.Monitor‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ وﻳﺐ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫" ‪Accessing Documents in Document Server from a Web‬‬
‫‪ ،"Browser‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺈﻋﺪادات ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻳﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ إﻋﺪادات‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷول ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﺧﺘﻼف اﻟﺤﺠﻢ أو‬
‫اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Document Server‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬

‫‪223‬‬
 ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [.Search by Folder No‬أو ]‪ [Search by Folder Name‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [User Name‬أو ]‪ [File Name‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻤﻴًﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺴﺨﺘﻴﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪة ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 30‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪ [Order‬ﻟﺴﺮدﻫﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Cancel Printing] [Stop‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺮوف اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪224‬‬
 ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Stop‬وأدﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ .[Resume Printing‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف وﻗﺖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Stop‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻳﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺘﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫اﻷول ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺣﺪث ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ وﺑﺪﻻ ً ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪادات ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Document Server‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪225‬‬
 ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻤﻴًﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺴﺨﺘﻴﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[To Printing Screen‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪226‬‬
 ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ،Sort‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺟﺮاء ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر واﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Sample Copy‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Back to File List‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Document Server‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Print Specified Page‬‬

‫‪227‬‬
 ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫‪228‬‬
 ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻤﻴًﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺴﺨﺘﻴﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ :1st Page ‬ﺣﺪد ﻫﺬا اﻟﺨﻴﺎر ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻳﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Specified Page ‬ﺣﺪد ﻫﺬا اﻟﺨﻴﺎر ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Specify Range ‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ] ‪Start‬‬
‫‪ [Number‬واﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ]‪.[End Number‬‬
‫‪ .5‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺪء ]‪.[Start‬‬

‫‪229‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫‪ Web Image Monitor‬ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻹﻋﺪادات ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫وﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ‪Web‬‬
‫‪ Image Monitor‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إدﺧﺎل ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬
‫‪ .1‬أدﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎل‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﻮ "‪"192.168.1.10‬‬

‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪SSL‬‬
‫‪https://192.168.1.10/‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪SSL‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪http://192.168.1.10/‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮف ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ‪ SSL‬ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺑـ ‪ .https‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪ ،‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان اﻟﺬي ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺑـ‬
‫‪.http‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ إدﺧﺎل ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ ،IPv4‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل "‪ "0‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ إدﺧﺎل‬
‫"‪ ،"192.168.001.010‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬أﻛﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫‪230‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻤﻘﺪار اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪادات‪ ،‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Login‬أﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ وأدﺧﻞ‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬

‫‪OS X/macOS‬‬ ‫‪Windows‬‬

‫‪ Safari 3.0‬أو أﺣﺪث‬ ‫‪ Internet Explorer 11‬أو أﺣﺪث‬

‫‪ Firefox 10‬أو ‪ 15‬أو أﺣﺪث‬ ‫‪ Firefox 10‬أو ‪ 15‬أو أﺣﺪث‬

‫‪ Google Chrome‬اﻹﺻﺪار ‪ 19‬أو‬ ‫‪ Google Chrome‬اﻹﺻﺪار ‪ 19‬أو‬

‫أﺣﺪث‬ ‫أﺣﺪث‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ Microsoft Edge 20‬أو أﺣﺪث‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺎرئ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ JAWS 7.0‬أو إﺻﺪار أﺣﺪث ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪.Internet Explorer‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎدم ‪ DNS‬أو ﺧﺎدم ‪ ،WINS‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﺳﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪231‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﺑﺪﻻ ً ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎدم‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ أو اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮة‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪ "JavaScript‬أو "‪ "Use Cookies‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Active‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﺗﺤﺖ ‪ Windows Server 2008‬أو أﺣﺪث ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ،IPv6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎدم ‪ DNS‬اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻣﻦ ‪ Web Image Monitor‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Web Image Monitor‬واﻹﻋﺪادات ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻹﻋﺪادات وﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﻌﺮاض‬
‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل )ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم(‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻔﺬوﻫﺎ وﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل )ﻛﻤﺴﺆول(‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫*‪1‬‬ ‫*‪1‬‬ ‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫*‪1‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫‪232‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم‬

‫ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎدم‬

‫‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫*‪1‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫*‪1‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫إﻋﺪادات اﻷﻣﺎن‬

‫‪ :‬ﻣﺘﺎح‪ :-‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎح‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﺣﺴﺐ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‬

‫‪233‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Status/Information ‬ﺗﻌﺮض ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات واﻟﻌﺪاد‬
‫وﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Device Management ‬ﺗﺪﻳﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ودﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Print Job/Stored File ‬ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ أو ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Convenient Links ‬ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﺮاﺑﻂ إﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ URL‬اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫رأس اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ رﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﺮاﺑﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﺮض أزرار اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت وﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻹﺻﺪار واﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت‬
‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪/‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫)ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ(‪ :‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة(‪ :‬ﻋﺮض أو ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬

‫‪234‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ‪ Web Image Monitor‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻟﻮﺻﻒ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻷول ﻣﺮة‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮاءة اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ أو‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪View Online Help Now‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض أﺣﺪث ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ‪ Web Image Monitor‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Download Help File‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ‪ Web Image Monitor‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﻻﻃﻼع‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻮﻳﺐ وﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت دون اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺰر اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت )‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺎر إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻟﺰر اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت )‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ ‪ Web Image Monitor‬ﻛﻤﺴﺆول‪.‬‬
‫( ﻓﻲ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت )‬

‫ﺣﺪد ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ واﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Download‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ zip‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Configuration‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ "‪ "Device Management‬ﻓﻲ ‪Web‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪.Image Monitor‬‬
‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Webpage‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺌﺔ "‪."Webpage‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫‪235‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪Web Image Monitor‬‬
‫‪ .7‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺨﺰن ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ "‪ "URL‬ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫"‪."Set Help URL Target‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ URL‬ﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻫﻮ " ‪http:‬‬
‫‪ ،"//a.b.c.d/HELP/JA/index.html‬أدﺧﻞ "‪."http://a.b.c.d/HELP/‬‬
‫‪ .8‬اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺑﻌﺪ إﻛﻤﺎل اﻹﺟﺮاء‪ ،‬ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺨﺮوج وﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ‪.Web Image Monitor‬‬

‫‪236‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻷدراج‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻮرق أو إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺣﺸﺮ أو‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺎﺑﺔ أﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 248‬أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق أو ﺳﻤﻜﻪ ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Tray Paper Settings‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫]‪.[Settings‬‬

‫‪237‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات درج اﻟﻮرق" "‪ ،"Tray Paper Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق رﻗﻴﻖ أو ورق ﺳﻤﻴﻚ أو ورق ﺧﺎص آﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻀﻊ ورﻗﺎت‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻋﺪة‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أوراق ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج‪ .‬أﺧﺮج ﻛﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮك اﻟﻮرق‪ .‬وﻫﺬا ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻄﻼ ً‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج ‪ 1‬إﻟﻰ ‪5‬‬

‫اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺤﻮاﺟﺰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ واﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻜﺪس اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻮق ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ‪ .‬إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺼﻮر اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ أو ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث اﻧﺤﺸﺎر ﻟﻠﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺪرج ‪1‬‬

‫اﻟﺪرج ‪5-2‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪238‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ درج ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﺎل اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺪرج ‪.1‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﺪرج ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ارﻓﻊ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺳﺤﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﺪرج ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮٍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ واﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫‪239‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .3‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ واﺳﺤﺒﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺤﺠﻢ أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ A4‬أو ‪ ،11 × 2/81‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪.51/2 × 81/2‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج ‪ 1‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪240‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ رزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن رزﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﻟﻴﺴﺖ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي )اﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي( اﻟﻤﺸﺎر‬
‫إﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺪرج‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻮرق ﻹﻏﻼق أي ﻓﺠﻮات‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻀﻊ ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮات‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﻤّﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺮط إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺣﻮاف اﻟﻮرق ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﻟﻮﺣﺔ رﻓﻊ اﻟﺪرج‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﻃﻲ اﻷوراق أو اﻧﺤﺸﺎرﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪241‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .6‬اﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺮص ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺠﻢ واﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫‪ .7‬ارﻓﻊ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺮﻛﻪ إﻟﻰ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺪرج ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺮوس ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﻣﺤﺪد‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪242‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 262‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق ﺛﺎﺑﺖ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه أو ورق ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج ‪ 2‬إﻟﻰ ‪.5‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 259‬اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻮرق ﺷﻔﺎف ﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺮأﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫واﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎت اﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ واﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ أدراج اﻟﻮرق‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 248‬أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬

‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق أو ﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ﻧﻔﺲ ﺣﺠﻢ وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪ 11 × 2/81 ،A4‬أو أﻛﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪243‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫اﻟﻮرق ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺮض اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻮرق ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺮوس ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﻣﺤﺪد‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 262‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق ﺛﺎﺑﺖ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه أو ورق ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎه ﻣﺤﺪد‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 259‬اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻷﺣﺠﺎم اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻋﺪادات ]‪ [Settings‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ]‪.[Home‬‬

‫‪244‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Tray Paper Settings‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Printer Bypass Paper Size‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪.[OK‬‬

‫(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺮاء‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Home‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻋﺪادات ]‪ [Settings‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ]‪.[Home‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Tray Paper Settings‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Printer Bypass Paper Size‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Custom Size‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Change Size‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Horizontal‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫‪245‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .7‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Vertical‬‬

‫‪ .8‬أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﺮأﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻷرﻗﺎم‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] [‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ]‪ [OK‬ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺮاء‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.( ) [Home‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق وإﻋﺪادات اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻛﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﻤّﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻮرق وﺣﺪدﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪادات‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أوﻟﻮﻳﺔ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻮرق ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ )اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ أو ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪادات درج اﻟﻮرق وﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻟﻠﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Tray Paper Settings] ،[Settings‬ﺛﻢ ]‪ .[Next‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺬي ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ )اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬اﻟﺪرج ‪ ،1‬اﻟﺪرج ‪ ،2‬اﻟﺪرج ‪،3‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرج ‪ (4‬وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق ]‪ [Paper Type‬وﺳﻤﺎﻛﺔ اﻟﻮرق ] ‪Paper‬‬
‫‪ [Thickness‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﻤّﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ]‪ [Display Automatically‬ﻓﻲ ] ‪Display Paper Settings‬‬
‫‪ [in Bypass‬ﻣﻦ ]‪[Machine Features Settings] [Settings‬‬
‫]‪ ،[Copier / Document Server Settings‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‬

‫‪246‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪247‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ أدﻧﺎه وﺻﻒ ﻷﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ درج‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﻟﻠﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ أو ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق واﺣﺪة ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ أﻗﻞ ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق أو ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺪرج ‪1‬‬

‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ووزن اﻟﻮرق‬

‫‪ 500‬ورﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪2‬‬ ‫‪120–64‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺮص ﺣﺠﻢ‬ ‫)ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 17‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪرج‪:‬‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ‪ 44‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫‪A4 , A5 , A6 ,‬‬ ‫ورق ﻋﺎدي ‪ – 1‬ورق‬
‫‪81/2 × 14 , 81/2 × 11 ,‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ‪1‬‬
‫‪51/2 × 81/2‬‬

‫‪248‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ووزن اﻟﻮرق‬

‫اﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺮص ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق ‪ 500‬ورﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪2‬‬ ‫‪120–64‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج ﻋﻠﻰ "ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫)ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 17‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ"‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ‪ 44‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫ورق ﻋﺎدي ‪ – 1‬ورق‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ‪1‬‬
‫‪A5 , B5 JIS , B6‬‬
‫‪JIS , 81/2 × 13 ,‬‬
‫‪81/4 × 14 , 81/4 × 13 ,‬‬
‫‪8 × 13 , 8 × 10 ,‬‬
‫× ‪71/4 × 101/2 , 51/2‬‬
‫‪,81/2‬‬
‫‪, 81/2 × 132/5‬‬ ‫‪16K ,‬‬

‫‪ 500‬ورﻗﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪2‬‬ ‫‪120–64‬‬

‫)ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 17‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي‪356.0 - 148.0 :‬‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ‪ 44‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ورق ﻋﺎدي ‪ – 1‬ورق‬
‫أﻓﻘﻲ‪ 216.0-105.0 :‬ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ‪1‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮدي‪14.01-5.83 :‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬
‫أﻓﻘﻲ‪ 8،50-4،14 :‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬

‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬

‫‪249‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق ووزﻧﻪ‬

‫‪ 500‬ورﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪2‬‬ ‫‪120–64‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺮص ﺣﺠﻢ‬ ‫)ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 17‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ‪ 44‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫اﻟﺪرج‪:‬‬ ‫ورق ﻋﺎدي ‪ – 1‬ورق‬
‫‪A4 , A5 , 81/2 × 14 ,‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ‪1‬‬
‫‪81/2 × 11 , 51/2 × 81/2‬‬

‫اﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺮص ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق ‪ 500‬ورﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪2‬‬ ‫‪120–64‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج ﻋﻠﻰ "ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫)ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 17‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪-‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ"‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ‪ 44‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫ورق ﻋﺎدي ‪ – 1‬ورق‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ‪1‬‬
‫× ‪B5 JIS , B6 JIS , 81/2‬‬
‫× ‪13 , 81/4 × 14 , 81/4‬‬
‫‪13 , 8 × 13 , 8 × 10 ,‬‬
‫‪71/4 × 101/2 , 16K ,‬‬
‫‪81/2 × 132/5‬‬

‫‪ 500‬ورﻗﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪2‬‬ ‫‪120–64‬‬

‫)ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 17‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي‪356.0 - 162.0 :‬‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ‪ 44‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ورق ﻋﺎدي ‪ – 1‬ورق‬
‫أﻓﻘﻲ‪ 216.0-92.0 :‬ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ‪1‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮدي‪14.01-6.38 :‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬
‫أﻓﻘﻲ‪ 8.50–3.63 :‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬

‫‪250‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق ووزﻧﻪ‬

‫*‪1‬‬ ‫اﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺮص ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج ﻋﻠﻰ "ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ"‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪:‬‬
‫‪37/8 × ,41/8 × 91/2‬‬
‫‪C5 Env , C6 ,71/2‬‬
‫‪Env , DL Env‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﺪس اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻮق ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ‪ .‬ﯾﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻄﮭﺎ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻚ اﻟﻮرق وﺣﺎﻟﺘﮫ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ووزن اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ورﻗﺔ*‪2‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪ 220–60‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﺳﻨﺪات *‪:1‬‬

‫‪A4 , A5‬‬ ‫‪, A6 , B5‬‬ ‫‪ 16‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪ -‬ﻏﻼف ‪80‬‬
‫× ‪JIS , B6 JIS , 81/2‬‬ ‫رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫ورق رﻗﻴﻖ – ورق ﺳﻤﻴﻚ × ‪14 , 8 /2 × 13 , 8 /2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫× ‪11 , 81/4 × 14 , 81/4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪13 , 8 × 13 , 8 × 10 ,‬‬
‫× ‪71/4 × 101/2 , 51/2‬‬
‫‪81/2‬‬ ‫× ‪, 16K , 81/2‬‬
‫‪132/5‬‬

‫‪251‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ووزن اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ورﻗﺔ*‪2‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪ 220–60‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ*‪:1‬‬

‫‪ 16‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪ -‬ﻏﻼف ‪80‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي‪356.0 - 148.0 :‬‬ ‫رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫ورق رﻗﻴﻖ – ورق ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ﻣﻢ‬
‫أﻓﻘﻲ‪ 216.0 - 70.0 :‬ﻣﻢ‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮدي‪14.01-5.83 :‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬
‫أﻓﻘﻲ‪ 8.50–2.76 :‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬

‫*‪4‬‬ ‫‪A4 , 81/2 × 11‬‬ ‫ورق ﺑﺮوﺟﻜﺘﺮ ﺷﻔﺎف‬

‫)‪(OHP‬‬

‫*‪2‬‬ ‫‪A4‬‬ ‫ورق اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎت‬

‫)اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎت اﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ(‬

‫*‪5‬‬ ‫*‪:1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬

‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪37/8‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫‪71/‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪41/8‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫‪91/2‬‬
‫‪C5 Env , C6 Env ,‬‬
‫‪DL Env‬‬

‫‪ *1‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ" "‪ ،"Copying from the Bypass Tray‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 167‬اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات"‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﺪس اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻮق ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ‪ .‬ﯾﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﺪد اﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻠﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ وزن‬
‫اﻟﻮرق وﺣﺎﻟﺘﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ *3‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫‪252‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ" "‪ ،"Copying from the Bypass Tray‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 167‬اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات"‬
‫* ‪ 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ورق اﻟﺒﺮوﺟﻜﺘﻮر اﻟﺸﻔﺎف )‪ (OHP‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﺪس اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻮق ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 5‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﺤﯿﺚ ﻻ ﯾﺘﺠﺎوز ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫دون اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺨﺎص‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 258‬اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺴﻤﻴﻚ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺴﻤﻴﻚ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 259‬اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ‬ ‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬

‫ﺑﻬﺎ"‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 262‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق ﺛﺎﺑﺖ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه أو ورق‬ ‫وﺿﻊ ورق ﻣﺮوس‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ"‬

‫ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ورق اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫وﺿﻊ ورق اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎت‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻮع ورق ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫)اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﺿﻤﺎن اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺎدي واﻟﺠﻮدة‪.‬‬

‫‪253‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق‬

‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺸﻔﺎف‬

‫‪ ‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ورق ﺑﺮوﺟﻜﺘﺮ ﺷﻔﺎف‬
‫)‪ (OHP‬ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪ A4‬أو ‪،81/2 × 11‬‬
‫وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ أﺣﺠﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺎدةً ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﺎﻧﺐ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ورق اﻟﺒﺮوﺟﻜﺘﺮ اﻟﺸﻔﺎف‬
‫)‪ (OHP‬ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺸﻔﺎف‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫وﺟﻬﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﻃﺊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻷوراق‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺧﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ واﺣﺪة ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻤﻚ اﻟﻮرق ﻟﻜﻞ وزن ورق‬

‫وزن اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻚ اﻟﻮرق‬

‫‪ 63–60‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 16‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬ ‫ورق رﻗﻴﻖ‬

‫رﻃﻼ(‬
‫ً‬ ‫‪ 74–64‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ‪20–17‬‬ ‫ورق ﻋﺎدي ‪1‬‬

‫رﻃﻼ(‬
‫ً‬ ‫‪ 90–75‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ‪24-20‬‬ ‫ورق ﻋﺎدي ‪2‬‬

‫‪ 105–91‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 28–24‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﻟﺴﻤﻚ‬

‫‪ 135–106‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 36–28‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬ ‫ورق ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ‪1‬‬

‫‪ 170–136‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 36‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪ -‬ﻏﻼف‬ ‫ورق ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ‪2‬‬

‫‪ 63‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬

‫‪254‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫وزن اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻚ اﻟﻮرق‬

‫‪ 220–171‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﻏﻼف ‪ 80–63‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬ ‫ورق ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ‪3‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬اﻷوزان اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﮭﺎ ﻟﻸدراج ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 5‬وﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﮭﯿﻦ ھﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ 106‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 120‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 28‬رطﻼً إﻟﻰ ‪ 44‬رطﻼً(‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻮرق ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻷوراق اﻟﻤﺪﺑﺴﺔ أو ورق اﻷﻟﻮﻣﻨﻴﻮم أو ورق اﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮن أو أي‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﺒﺐ اﻷﻋﻄﺎل‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أي ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤُﻌَﺎﻟﺞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻓﻌﻞ ذﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺪوث أﻋﻄﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ورق ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎت اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺜﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺤﺮاري‬
‫‪ ‬ورق اﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻀﻴﺐ أﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻮم‬
‫‪ ‬ورق اﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮن‬
‫‪ ‬ورق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬ورق ﺑﺨﻄﻮط ﻣﺜﻘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ورق ﺗﻤﺖ ﺧﻴﺎﻃﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ذات اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ورق ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ ‬أﻧﻮاع ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ورق اﻟﺒﺮوﺟﻜﺘﻮر اﻟﺸﻔﺎف ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮان‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﺦ أو ﺗﻄﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﻮاﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮع ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﻳﺴﺒﺐ اﻻﻧﺤﺸﺎر‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ اﻻﻧﺤﺸﺎر‪.‬‬

‫‪255‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺜﻨﻲ أو اﻟﻤﻄﻮي أو اﻟﻤﺠﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺜﻘﺐ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺰﻟﻖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻤﺰق‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺨﺸﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق ذو اﻟﺴﻄﺢ اﻟﻤﻐﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوث اﻧﺤﺸﺎر ﻟﻠﻮرق أو أﻋﻄﺎل‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺪة‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺦ أو اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﺧﺸﻦ وﻣﺤﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺼﻮرة‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ واﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮخ أو اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮع ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر‬
‫اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ورﻗًﺎ ﻣﺠﻌﺪًا ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ أو اﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺤﺸﺮ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫أو اﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﺧﺮى‪ .‬وﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺪاﺧﻞ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻷن ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻣﻨﻊ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺘﺼﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ داﺋﻤﴼ اﺗﺒﺎع اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮة أو‬
‫ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ درﺟﺎت ﺣﺮارة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺧﺰن اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ )اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ %70 :‬أو أﻗﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺧﺰن اﻟﻮرق ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢٍ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺰن اﻟﻮرق ﻋﻤﻮدﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺧﺰن اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪256‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻼﺷﻰ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت إذا ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء اﻟﻘﻮي أو اﻟﺒﻠﻞ واﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮات ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﺎف وﻣﻈﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﻼﺷﻰ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﻴﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ أدﻧﺎه‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺬوب‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ وﺿﻊ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ وأﺧﺮى ﻧﺼﻒ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻮق ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮاد ﻻﺻﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﺬﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﺼﻖ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺼﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻮر ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ذات درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮات ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ذات درﺟﺎت ﺣﺮارة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻓﺄة‬

‫‪257‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺴﻤﻴﻚ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ورق ﺳﻤﻴﻚ ﺑﻮزن ‪ 220-106‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 28‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪ -‬ﻏﻼف ‪80‬‬
‫رﻃﻼ ً(‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻋﺘﺒﺎرك اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻮرق أو ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺳﻮء اﻟﺘﻠﻘﻴﻢ وﻓﻘﺪان‬
‫ﺟﻮدة اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫‪ ‬درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‪ 25 - 20 :‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 77 - 68‬درﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪.%65–30 :‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺨﻂ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻷوراق‬
‫‪ 20 ‬ورﻗﺔ أو أﻛﺜﺮ )اﺳﺘﺨﺪام درج اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ‪ /‬وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺤﻮاﺟﺰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ رزﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﺳﻤﻴﻚ وﻧﺎﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺟﻴﺪًا ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ .‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺴﻤﻴﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث اﻧﺤﺸﺎر أو ﺳﻮء‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻢ‪ .‬إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻻﻧﺤﺸﺎر أو ﺳﻮء اﻟﺘﻠﻘﻴﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ واﺣﺪة ﺗﻠﻮ اﻷﺧﺮى ﻣﻦ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Thick Paper 1‬أو ]‪ [Thick Paper 2‬ﻛﺴﻤﻚ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ ] ‪Tray‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪.[Paper Settings‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ اﻷداء اﻟﺠﻴﺪ واﻟﺠﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ اﻟﻈﺮوف اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺠﻌﺪ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﺗﺠﻌﺪت اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﺼﺤﻴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪258‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ واﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج وﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ واﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻄﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ذات اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻬﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻹزاﻟﺔ أي ﻫﻮاء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫وﻓﺮد ﻛﻞ اﻟﺤﻮاف اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺜﻨﻴﺔ أو ﻣﺠﻌﺪة‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺣﻮاﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ )اﻟﺤﻮاف اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ( ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫رﺻﺎص أو ﻣﺴﻄﺮة ﻋﺒﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮزع‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻬﻮاﻣﺶ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ واﻷﺳﻔﻞ واﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ واﻟﻴﺴﺎر ﻳﺤﺚ ﺗﻜﻮن ‪15‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻢ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺠﻮدة ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﺑﻮﺿﻮح ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﺳﻤﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺴﺎو‪ .‬اﻃﺒﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷوراق وﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ أو ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺠﻌﺪ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة أو اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ أو ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺠﻌﺪ ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎت اﻹﺧﺮاج ﺣﺴﺐ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﻄﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻟﻤﺪة دﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻼت‪.‬‬

‫‪259‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﺗﺠﺎه‬
‫اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺪرج ‪5-2‬‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬
‫اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬

‫اﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﺮاد‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﺮاد‬ ‫اﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪ :‬اﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪ :‬اﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﻣﺴﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‪ :‬اﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻒ وﺳﻤﻜﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 109‬اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت"‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪260‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺪرج ‪5-2‬‬ ‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬

‫اﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺎت‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻮ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﺮاد ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪261‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق ﺛﺎﺑﺖ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه أو ورق ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﻣﺮوس أو ورق رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺸﻌﺎرات أو‬
‫اﻷﻧﻤﺎط ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬أﻛﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻮرق أو إﻋﺪادات ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﺛﺎﺑﺖ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه )ﻣﻦ أﻋﻠﻰ إﻟﻰ أﺳﻔﻞ( أو ورق ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﻣﺮوس‬

‫ﺣﺪد إﻋﺪادات ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا أﺻﻠﻴًﺎ وﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫‪ [Copier / Document Server Settings] ‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Input / Output‬‬
‫]‪[Yes] [Letterhead Setting‬‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬
‫)‪(ADF‬‬

‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻮرق‬

‫‪262‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺪرج ‪1‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ* ‪2‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪرج‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ*‪1‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻋﻨﺪ طﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺘﺮوﯾﺴﺔ‬

‫*‪ 2‬إذا وﺿﻌﺖ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺔ وﻧﺴﺨﺘﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎه ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ دون ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﺼﻮرة ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮب‪ .‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧُﺴﺦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﻠﻮب أو ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﻣﺮوس ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد إﻋﺪادات ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬
‫]‪[Letterhead Setting‬‬ ‫‪ [Printer Settings] ‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[System‬‬
‫]‪[Auto Detect‬‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻮرق‬

‫‪263‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺪرج ‪1‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺮوس ]‪ [Letterhead Setting‬ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪On‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ ،[(Always‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﻣﺮوس ﺑﺪون ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق‬
‫ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪادات ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Letterhead‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺦ أﺣﺎدﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻪ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ أﺣﺎدﻳﺔ اﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻟﻀﻤﺎن إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد أدراج إدﺧﺎل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ووﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ أﻳﻀًﺎ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺪرج‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪264‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪265‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺠﻢ ووزن اﻷﺻﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫وزن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪× 2/81 ،A4‬‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬

‫ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪2‬‬ ‫‪120–50‬‬ ‫وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬

‫‪A4 –A6‬‬
‫)اﻟﻐﻼف ‪44–13‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪/81 × 2/51–14‬‬ ‫‪× 2/81‬‬
‫رﻃﻼ ً(‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪1*(ADF‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ .‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق وﺣﺎﻟﺘﮫ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﻨﺪرج ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪ 356‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 14.0‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮل اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ‪ .‬إذا وﺿﻌﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 429‬ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺻﻮر ﻣﻔﻘﻮدة‪ .‬وﺣﺘﻰ إذا‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج أو ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺠﻮاﻧﺐ اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 429‬ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات أﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﺠﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻷﺣﺠﺎم‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪266‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺷﻚ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻔﺎد ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ " ‪Check you have a‬‬
‫‪ .".(print cartridge replacement(s‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼم" "‪ ،"Checking Inquiry Information‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﻮر اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺣﺒﺮًا ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة وﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺰّن اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًا ﻋﻦ أﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮة وﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 35‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪95°‬ف( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﻓﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ إزاﻟﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻬﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺴﻜﺐ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺤﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺮب‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ إﺟﺮاء‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Watch Video‬‬

‫‪267‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮض ﻫﺬه اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬و اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Check Status‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Check‬ﺗﺤﺖ "‪ "Status .Mach‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪.Mach./Applic‬‬
‫‪.[Stat‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﻲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أو اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺎد اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮات‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل واﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻔﺎد‬
‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ وﻋﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮات اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺠﻼت ﻣﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ‪.200‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﺒﻜﺮًا‪.‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪268‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .2‬أﻣﺴﻚ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻴﺪ واﺣﺪة ﻣﻊ ﻓﻚ ذراع ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ‬

‫اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ وارﻓﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺿﻊ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺲ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ وأﻏﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ‬

‫ﻳﺘﺴﺮب اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪269‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .5‬أﺧﺮج ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮة اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺮج ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺮات إﻟﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر‬
‫واﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮزع اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎوي‪.‬‬

‫‪ .7‬أدﺧﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻧﻘﺮة دﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺮارﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪270‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .8‬أﻏﻠﻖ ذراع ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .9‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬

‫اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪271‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ( أو ﺣﺎوﻳﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫أﺛﻨﺎء وﺟﻮد ﻋﺒﻮات ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻟﻬﺐ ﻣﻜﺸﻮف‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوث ﺣﺮوق ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ أو ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮك اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺎوﻳﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻤﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺎر‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ إن اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻳﺸﺘﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻬﺐ وﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻟﺤﺪوث ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺎوﻳﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻤﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺸﻔﻂ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﻜﻮب )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻨﺴﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﺨﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺺ ﻟﺤﺪوث اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮارة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﻨﺴﺔ‪ .‬وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻜﻨﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺴﻜﺎب اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪272‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺷﺮح اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ اﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻴﺲ اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮك ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺜﻴﻦ )اﻷﻛﻴﺎس وﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ( اﻟﻤﻮردة ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل اﻟﺮﺿﻊ واﻷﻃﻔﺎل اﻟﺼﻐﺎر‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻣﻮاد‬
‫اﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺜﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﻢ أو اﻷﻧﻒ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎق‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪث ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ اﺗﺒﺎع ﺗﺪاﺑﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﻮارئ أوﻻ ً‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺳﺘﺸﺎرة اﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎق ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﻐﺮﻏﺮ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫واﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎل إﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻮاء ﻣﻨﻌﺶ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺑﺘﻼع اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺪة ﺑﺸﺮب ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ دﺧﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ‪ ،‬اﻏﺴﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر أو ﻋﻨﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ(‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﻌﺪم اﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر أو ﻋﻨﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ(‪ ،‬اﺣﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺚ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻟﺠﻠﺪك أو ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪273‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ( ﻣﻼﻣﺴًﺎ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﺗﻚ أو ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ واﻟﺘﺼﻖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺗﺨﺎذ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﻣﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪُا ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء واﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮن‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻟﻤﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد‪ .‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻄﺨﺔ ﺳﻴﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ‪ ،‬وﻳﺠﻌﻞ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻼ ً‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺣﺎوﻳﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم( أو اﻟﻤﻮاد‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬اﺣﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ أﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاد‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ وإﻏﻼق ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺤﺎوﻳﺔ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﺎوﻳﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻗﺴﺮﴽ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺟﻮد اﻟﺤﺒﺮ داﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺴﺤﻘﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻧﺴﻜﺎب اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﺑﺘﻼع أو ﺗﺂﻛﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ أو اﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ أو اﻷرﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺣﺒﺎر اﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻬﻠَﻚ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻋﺎدة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﺣﺒﺎر اﻟﻤُﺴﺘﻬﻠَﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق أو‬
‫ﻛﻴﺲ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎه ﻟﻌﺪم ﺳﻜﺐ أي ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﺣﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)أوروﺑﺎ وآﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫إذا رﻏﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎوﻳﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪ .‬إذا ﺗﺨﻠﺼﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎرﻫﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬

‫‪274‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﻃﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ وﻳﺐ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻨﺎ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎت‪ ،‬أو ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻮاد وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺒﻠﺪﻳﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ أو ﺷﺮﻛﺎت إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪275‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ " ‪Waste Toner Bottle is‬‬
‫‪.".almost full‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼم" "‪ ،"Checking Inquiry Information‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪة اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ إﺟﺮاء‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Watch Video‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮض ﻫﺬه اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬و اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Check Status‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Check‬ﺗﺤﺖ "‪ "Status .Mach‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪.[Stat .Mach./Applic‬‬
‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .1‬اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻳﺴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪276‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .2‬اﻧﺰع زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬أﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ وﺿﻊ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ وأﻏﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﺮب اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4‬أﺧﺮج زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮة اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪277‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫‪ .5‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ وأدﺧﻞ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺗﺮك اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪة ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻧﻘﺮة دﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺮارﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻳﺴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪278‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ( أو ﺣﺎوﻳﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫أﺛﻨﺎء وﺟﻮد ﻋﺒﻮات ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻟﻬﺐ ﻣﻜﺸﻮف‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوث ﺣﺮوق ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ أو ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺎر‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ إن اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻳﺸﺘﻌﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻬﺐ وﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي ﻟﺤﺪوث ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺎوﻳﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻤﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺸﻔﻂ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﻜﻮب )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻨﺴﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆدي اﻟﺨﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺺ ﻟﺤﺪوث اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮارة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﻨﺴﺔ‪ .‬وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻜﻨﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺴﻜﺎب اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪279‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺷﺮح اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ اﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻴﺲ اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮك ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺜﻴﻦ )اﻷﻛﻴﺎس وﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ( اﻟﻤﻮردة ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل اﻟﺮﺿﻊ واﻷﻃﻔﺎل اﻟﺼﻐﺎر‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻣﻮاد‬
‫اﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺜﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﻢ أو اﻷﻧﻒ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎق‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮك اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺎوﻳﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺟﺰاء اﻟﻤﻼﺻﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪث ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ اﺗﺒﺎع ﺗﺪاﺑﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﻮارئ أوﻻ ً‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺳﺘﺸﺎرة اﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎق ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﻐﺮﻏﺮ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫واﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎل إﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻮاء ﻣﻨﻌﺶ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺑﺘﻼع اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺪة ﺑﺸﺮب ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ دﺧﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ‪ ،‬اﻏﺴﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر أو ﻋﻨﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ(‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﻌﺪم اﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪280‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر أو ﻋﻨﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ(‪ ،‬اﺣﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺚ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻟﺠﻠﺪك أو ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )اﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ( ﻣﻼﻣﺴًﺎ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﺗﻚ أو ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ واﻟﺘﺼﻖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺗﺨﺎذ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻟﺒﺸﺮﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﻣﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪُا ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء واﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮن‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻟﻤﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد‪ .‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻄﺨﺔ ﺳﻴﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﻴﺞ‪ ،‬وﻳﺠﻌﻞ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻼ ً‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺣﺎوﻳﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم( أو اﻟﻤﻮاد‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬اﺣﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ أﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاد‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ وإﻏﻼق ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺤﺎوﻳﺔ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﺎوﻳﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻗﺴﺮﴽ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺟﻮد اﻟﺤﺒﺮ داﺧﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺴﺤﻘﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻧﺴﻜﺎب اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﺑﺘﻼع أو ﺗﺂﻛﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ أو اﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ أو اﻷرﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻋﺎدة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرض أو اﻟﻄﺎوﻟﺔ أو أي ﺷﻲء آﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﺬه اﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﺄوراق ﺻﺤﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪281‬‬
 ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪوق أو‬
‫ﻛﻴﺲ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎه ﻟﻌﺪم ﺳﻜﺐ أي ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﺣﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)أوروﺑﺎ وآﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺑﻤﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪ .‬إذا ﺗﺨﻠﺼﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎرﻫﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﻃﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ وﻳﺐ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻨﺎ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل‬
‫إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎت‪ ،‬أو ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻮاد وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺒﻠﺪﻳﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ أو ﺷﺮﻛﺎت إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪282‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫أﺻﻮات اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﺮك اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺼﻮت ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث اﻧﺤﺸﺎر ﻟﻠﻮرق‪ ،‬أو ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮك اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺣﺪوث ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ أﺧﺮى‪ .‬اﺳﺘﻤﻊ إﻟﻰ ﺻﻮت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻷﺣﺪ‬
‫اﻷﻧﻤﺎط اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ أدﻧﺎه‪ ،‬وﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻮت*‪1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻂ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫]‪[Notification Sound‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮت ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‬

‫)ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‬
‫]‪[Login]/[Logout‬‬

‫إذا أدﺧﻠﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫]‪[Operation Invalid‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮت ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄدﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺻﻮت ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫إذا ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺼﻮت‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﺲ رﻣﺰ أو ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ إذﻧًﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ أو‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‪ .‬ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬
‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﻳﻤﻠﻚ إذﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬أو ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪283‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻮت*‪1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻂ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪[Operation Completed‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮت ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‬

‫]‪[Fax Printing Finished‬‬
‫] ‪Fax Transmission‬‬
‫‪[Finished‬‬
‫] ‪Fax Reception‬‬
‫‪[Finished‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﺰة‬ ‫]‪[Warm-up‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻃﻮﻳﻼن‬

‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو اﺳﺘﻌﺎدﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺖ إﻋﺎدة ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻤﺴﺔ أﺻﻮات ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ]‪[Auto Reset‬‬

‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮور اﻟﻔﺘﺮة اﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬إذا‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ وأوﻗﻔﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺮك ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻤﺴﺔ أﺻﻮات ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ] ‪Sound of Less Urgent‬‬
‫أﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬ ‫‪[Level‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫وأن اﻟﻮرق ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫)ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة أرﺑﻊ‬
‫درج اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮات(‬

‫‪284‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻮت*‪1‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻂ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻤﺲ أﺻﻮات ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ]‪[Sound of Urgent Level‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‬
‫وﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر‬ ‫)ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة ﺧﻤﺲ‬
‫اﻟﻮرق أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺤﺒﺮ أو‬ ‫ﻣﺮات(‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫]‪[Blank Page Detected‬‬ ‫‪ 12‬ﺻﻮت ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬

‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ واﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﯾُﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻧﻤﻂ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﻛﻤﺜﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪول أﻋﻼه‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺻﻮت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ .‬وﺗﻮاﺻﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺼﻮت ﺣﺘﻰ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻂ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫] ‪Screen‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ وﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .[Sound] [Features Settings‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﺼﻮت ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪول أﻋﻼه‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺼﺎدر‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻹرﺳﺎل واﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ أو اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻮري ﻹرﺳﺎل‬
‫] ‪Fax‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Machine Features Settings] [Settings‬‬
‫] ‪Adjust Sound‬‬ ‫‪ [Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[General Settings‬‬
‫‪ .[Volume‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ( ) [Home‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت وﻧﻮﻋﻪ" " ‪Setting the Sound Volume and‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،"Type‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪285‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮات واﻟﺮﻣﻮز واﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﺮك اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو ﺣﺎﻟﺔ أﺣﺪ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫]‪ [Check Status‬أو رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ وﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﺮض أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ]‪[Check Status‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﻲء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ]‪ [Check Status‬أو‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Check Status‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪286‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج إﻟﻰ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ‬
‫رﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺠﺪول أدﻧﺎه ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻛﻞ رﻣﺰ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ أو ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮب إﺟﺮاء ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ أو إﺻﻼح‪.‬‬

‫إﺻﻼح اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮك‬ ‫اﻟﻮرق ﻣﺤﺸﻮر‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ وﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 420‬ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﺤﺸﺮ اﻟﻮرق أو‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ"‬

‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮك‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺸﻮر‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ وﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 420‬ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﺤﺸﺮ اﻟﻮرق أو‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ"‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺪ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 237‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج‬
‫اﻟﻮرق"‬

‫‪287‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺑﺪﻳﻞ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬ ‫أوﺷﻚ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻔﺎذ أو ﻧﻔﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 267‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺤﺒﺮ"‬

‫زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ أو ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫أوﺷﻜﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻣﺘﻼء‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 276‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪال زﺟﺎﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺤﺒﺮ"‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺒﺪال‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺪت اﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ‪.‬‬

‫وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺎد اﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺎدة ﻣﻞء اﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ )ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪Replenishing " "(IM 600SRF‬‬
‫‪the Staples (only for IM‬‬
‫)‪ ،"600SRF‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق ﻛﻞ أﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮح‪.‬‬

‫واﻟﻮﺣﺪات اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء وﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﻠﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫]‪ .[Inquiry] [Settings‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ( ) [Home‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻹﻏﻼق ]‪.[Settings‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼم" " ‪Checking Inquiry‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،"Information‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪288‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻀﻲء أو ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ]‪[Check Status‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﻄﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ]‪ [Check Status‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎه‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮري‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Check Status‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ أﻗﺮب وﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻮرًا‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ]‪ .[Check Status‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Check Status‬‬

‫‪ .2‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Check‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬وﻧﻔﺬ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ" " ‪When an Icon is Displayed‬‬
‫‪ ،"with a Message‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪289‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪ ،‬أو ﻧﻔﺪ اﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق أو اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮح‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ دون اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Check Status‬‬

‫‪290‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 302‬ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ وﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ"‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫(‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ ]‪ ،[Settings‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Home‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ إﻛﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻹﻏﻼق ]‪.[Settings‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬

‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﺎءة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﻲء ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﺲ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫‪291‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷرﺿﻲ وﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Installation‬‬
‫‪Requirements After Moving the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺗﻤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺎءة ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺴﻬﺎ وأن ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﺎء‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫رﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻣﻀﺎءة ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺴﻬﺎ وأن ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﺎء‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻟﺒﺪء إﺣﺪى‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض أﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻷﺧﺮى‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪292‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻟﺒﺪء إﺣﺪى‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Settings‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪأ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪ .‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻷﺧﺮى‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪ [Settings‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ أو‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪ Windows‬ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ .[Login‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻢ‬
‫أو ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪ .LDAP‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 77‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ"‬

‫أدﺧﻞ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ .[OK‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول‬ ‫رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬ ‫إدﺧﺎل رﻣﺰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ رﻣﺰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬

‫‪293‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫أﺧﺮى ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫أو ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 476‬ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ"‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪Web‬‬
‫‪ Image Monitor‬أو ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ أﺧﺮى‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪوث ﻋﻄﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬

‫ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫أو ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬
‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Stop‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫‪294‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي ﺑﺪأ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ أو‬ ‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪ Windows‬اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ أو ﻛﻤﺴﺆول‬
‫أو ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪ ،LDAP‬اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Stop‬‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪ ،[Stop‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض وﻗﺪ ﺳﺠّﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي ﺑﺪأ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ أو‬ ‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺮوج‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ .‬أﻏﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Help‬وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‪ ،‬أو اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ أو اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻷﻧﻪ أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫) (‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض " ‪Paper‬‬
‫‪ "Misfeed‬أو رﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪295‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻷن‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪى‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم إذن ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻪ إذن ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﻂ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎن‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫داﺋﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻚ إذن ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ أم ﻻ‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆول‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ أذوﻧﺎت اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‬
‫ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ"‬
‫" ‪Confirming the Available‬‬
‫‪ ،"Functions‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪296‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﻋﺮض‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ وﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ]‪.[Web Browser‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫وإذا ﺗﻌﺬر ﻋﺮض ﺻﻔﺤﺔ وﻳﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬ ‫(‪،‬‬ ‫]‪) [Help‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫وﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮى اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ" " ‪Selecting the Network‬‬
‫‪ ،"Connection Method‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ] ‪Web‬‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬

‫( ]‪[Menu‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫]‪Browser‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ‬
‫]‪[Privacy & [Settings‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫]‪.[Accept cookies] security‬‬ ‫اﻻرﺗﺒﺎط )اﻟﻜﻮﻛﻴﺰ(‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻞ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪[Energy Save‬‬
‫) (‪.‬‬

‫‪297‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫أﺧﺮج ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ وﺿﻊ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬واﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء وﺣﺪة‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ‬ ‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮة ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة‬ ‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫وأﻏﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮة ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﺬر ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺮور‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎدي‪.‬‬ ‫أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ أرﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ] ‪Weekly Timer Easy‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ] ‪Main‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ [Settings‬و ] ‪Weekly Timer‬‬ ‫‪ [Power Off‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ [Detailed Settings‬ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ اﻷﺳﺒﻮﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[Machine Features Settings‬‬
‫]‪ [System Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪.[Timer Settings‬‬

‫‪298‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز‬

‫ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺸﻬﺎدة ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺸﻬﺎدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪ SSL / TLS‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﻬﺎدة‪.‬‬ ‫‪Device Manager‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ،NX‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‬
‫ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Simple Encryption‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ آﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫" ‪Driver Encryption‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ] ‪Simple‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ "Key:Encryption Strength‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ [Encryption‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫] ‪Machine‬‬ ‫]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫]‪.[Extended Security‬‬
‫ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫] ‪System‬‬ ‫‪[Features Settings‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫‪[Settings‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[Administrator Tools‬‬
‫]‪.[Extended Security‬‬

‫‪299‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫واﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‬ ‫وﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪Web‬‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬أﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪.Image Monitor‬‬
‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ أو ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ إن أﻣﻜﻦ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬أوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺨﺎدم اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺎدم‬

‫ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﻮان ‪IP‬‬ ‫وﻛﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫]‪."Network" [Check Status‬‬

‫‪300‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
Continue to this ] ‫اﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
website (not
.[recommended).
،‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪم ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ وﺣﺪد‬،‫ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‬
[Ciphertext / Cleartext]
Permit " [SSL/TLS] ‫ﻓﻲ‬
SSL / TLS
‫" ﺿﻤﻦ‬Communication
[Device Management]
[Configuration]
."Security"
."http" ‫" ﺑﻌﺪ‬s" ‫ﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ‬
301
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
 Permit SSL ] ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
/ TLS ‫أن ﻫﻨﺎك ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ‬Communication ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﻬﺎدة أﻣﺎن‬
 .[Ciphertext Only] ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﺬا‬
There is a "
problem with this
website's security
‫ وﻻ‬،"certificate.
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
Web Image
.Monitor
‫" ﻓﻲ‬https" ‫ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل‬
.URL ‫ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﻮان‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ وﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ إﺻﻼح اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫" ‪ Service‬ﻳﻠﺰم إﺻﻼح‬

‫‪ "Service Call""Call‬اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪SCxxx-xx‬‬
‫‪Contact‬‬
‫‪Serial No. of‬‬
‫‪Machine‬‬

‫‪302‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪث ﻋﻄﻞ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ أو ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪"Functional‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ أو إﺻﻼﺣًﺎ‪ .‬إﺻﻼح اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪Problems‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف‬ ‫‪SCxxx-xx‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪Contact‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪Serial No. of‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو‬ ‫‪Machine‬‬
‫اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض " ]‪Press [Cancel‬‬
‫‪ ،"to cancel mode‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻠﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺪث‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪.[Cancel‬‬

‫‪303‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف‬ ‫"‪ "Please wait.‬ﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت‬ ‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻤﺲ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ً وﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫"‪ "Please wait.‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﺪ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷداء وﻇﻴﻔﺔ أو‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪304‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ وﻣﺎ‬ ‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺧﺎرج‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻄﺎق درﺟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻮ‪ ،‬اﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ واﺳﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﻴﻒ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Installation‬‬
‫‪Requirements After Moving the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﻤﺲ‬
‫دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن درﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‪،‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫‪305‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ً وﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ إﻋﺎدة إﻛﻤﺎل‬ ‫"‪"Please wait.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫أو اﻹﻣﺪادات ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻤﺲ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة ‪10‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﻇﻠﺖ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 5‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﺪوب اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪"Shutting down...‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺑﺪء‬ ‫‪Please wait. Main‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ أو أﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫‪power will be‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪.‬‬ ‫‪turned off‬‬
‫‪automatically.‬‬
‫‪Maximum waiting‬‬
‫‪time: four‬‬
‫")‪minute(s‬‬

‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث ﻋﻄﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪306‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
"‫ "ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬11 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ 
"Cover Open" 
"Add Toner"/"Add Staples" 
"Replace Waste Toner Bottle" 
".Original left on exposure glass" 
"No Paper" 

307
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮم‬ ‫‪ "Original is too‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ‬

‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ وﻧﻮع‬ ‫‪ long. Cannot scan‬ورق ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻄﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق‬ ‫"‪ 2 sides.‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ أو ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 429‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت"‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻄﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪"Exceeded the‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺣﺠﻢ‬ ‫‪maximum number‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫‪of sheets that can‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻷن ﺣﺠﻢ‬ ‫‪be used. Copying‬‬
‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫"‪will be stopped.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم" " ‪Specifying Maximum‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫‪،"Print Volume Use of Each User‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪308‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ ‫‪ "Set next‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ‪ ،‬اﻣﺴﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺎت اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ] ‪1‬‬ ‫‪ original(s), then‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ [sided 2 sided‬و ] ‪2 sided 2‬‬ ‫‪press [Start]. After‬‬
‫‪.[sided‬‬ ‫‪scanning last‬‬
‫‪original, press‬‬
‫"‪[Finish Scn].‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪد اﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪ "Stapling capacity‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻋﺪد‬

‫"‪ exceeded.‬اﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌًﺎ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬وﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻷوراق ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ )‪ 80‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪ ،2‬ﺳﻨﺪات‬
‫‪ 20‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫‪ 30 ‬ورﻗﺔ‪× 2/81 ,14 × 2/81 :‬‬
‫‪× 4/81 ,14 × 4/81 ,13‬‬
‫‪× 2/81 ,13 × 8 ,13‬‬
‫‪5 /132‬‬

‫‪ 50 ‬ورﻗﺔ‪A4 , B5 JIS , :‬‬

‫‪81/2 × 11 , 71/4 × 101/2 ,‬‬
‫‪16K‬‬

‫إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ]‪ [On‬ﻓﻲ ]‪[Machine Features Settings] [Settings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ] ‪Input /‬‬ ‫]‪[Copier / Document Server Settings‬‬
‫‪ ،[Memory Full Auto Scan Restart] [Output‬ﺣﺘﻰ إذا أﺻﺒﺤﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪ .‬ﺳﺘﻘﻮم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ أوﻻ ً‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻓﺮزﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪309‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼت‪/‬اﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎت" "‪ ،"Input / Output‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪310‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 308‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ"‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮي اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت إﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫‪"Cannot delete the‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆول‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺆﻣّﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪folder because it‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪.‬‬ ‫‪contains locked‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻣﺘﻴﺎزات اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‬ ‫‪files. Please‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫‪contact the file‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Specifying Access‬‬ ‫"‪administrator.‬‬
‫‪Privileges for Documents Stored‬‬
‫‪ ،"in Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Confirm‬ﻟﻌﺮض‬ ‫‪ "Cannot display‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬

‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺪون ﺻﻮرة‬ ‫‪ preview of this‬اﻟﺼﻮرة ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻐﺮة‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺼﻮرة‬ ‫"‪page.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة‪،‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ] ‪Switch Display‬‬
‫‪ [Page‬ﻟﻌﺮض ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪311‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [Booklet‬أو‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪"Magazine or‬‬

‫]‪ [Magazine‬إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴﴼ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪Booklet mode‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬ ‫‪cannot be used for‬‬
‫وﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪data stored with‬‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫"‪mixed functions.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬وﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫]‪ [Booklet‬أو‬
‫]‪.[Magazine‬‬

‫اﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت إﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪"The selected‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆول‬ ‫ﻣﺮور ﺧﻄﺄ ‪10‬‬ ‫‪folder is locked.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮات أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬ ‫‪Please contact the‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إدارة اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات ﻛﻤﺴﺆول‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫"‪file administrator.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﻣﻠﻔﺎت" " ‪Managing Folders as a‬‬
‫‪ ،"File Administrator‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫وﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺆﻣّﻦ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪312‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ ]‪ ،[Settings‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Home‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ إﻏﻼق ]‪.[Settings‬‬
‫إذا ﻧﻔﺪ درج اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ "‪"Load paper. There is no paper.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬وﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ورق‪ .‬إذا ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ورﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷدراج‬
‫اﻷﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﻼم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎد‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ إذا ﻇﻬﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ أو إﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل إﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ "‪"Parameter Settings‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت" "‪،"Changing the Parameter Settings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻇﻬﺮت رﺳﺎﻟﺔ " ‪Check whether there are any network‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،"problems.‬ﻓﻴﺒﺪو أن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ أو أن‬
‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻫﺬه اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫]‪ [Check Status‬ﻋﻦ اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت" "‪،"Changing the Parameter Settings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻌﺮض‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪ "Display‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ أو ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬

‫إرﺳﺎل‪/‬اﺳﺘﻼم اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫‪313‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ً‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ "Cannot receive‬ﺗﺘﻠﻘﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫]‪.[Email Manual Reception:‬‬ ‫"‪ emails currently.‬إﺷﻌﺎرًا ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻄﻠﺐ )ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻼم ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺆول(‪ ،‬وﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﺳﺘﻼم‬
‫ﻳﺪوي‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Confirm‬وأزل‬ ‫‪ "Error occurred, and‬اﻧﺤﺸﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ أﻋﺪ‬ ‫‪ transmission was‬أﺻﻠﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء إرﺳﺎل‬
‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ cancelled.‬ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Confirm‬وأﻋﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‬

‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬أو‬
‫ﻛﺎن ﻫﻨﺎك ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ أو‬
‫ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﻼم‪.‬‬

‫‪314‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ إذا ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪة اﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ اﻋﺘﻤﺎدًا ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪادات‬
‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪ .‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل رﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻳﺪوﻳﴼ‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ اﻧﻘﻀﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻤﺪة‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪ .‬وﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪة‬
‫اﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Confirm‬ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد وﺑﺪء إرﺳﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬
‫واﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬وأرﺳﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ إﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫أﺧﺮى ﻏﻴﺮ وﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Select‬‬
‫‪315‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻓﻘﺪان ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪"Functional problem‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫‪occurred. Stopped‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻼم ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﺒﺮ‬ ‫‪processing. Please‬‬
‫اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪try again later.‬‬
‫‪ "Memory is full.‬اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Cannot scan more.‬‬
‫‪Transmitting only‬‬
‫"‪scanned pages.‬‬
‫‪ "Some invalid‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ وﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫)‪ destination(s‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ contained. Do you‬اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪want to select only‬‬
‫‪valid‬‬
‫"?)‪destination(s‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎل ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ JPEG/PDF‬ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ وﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 341‬ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ"‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺬر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد "‪"SIP Server IP Address‬‬ ‫‪ "Network‬ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ‬

‫اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫‪ communication has‬ﺧﺎدم ‪.SIP‬‬
‫]‪[Machine Features Settings‬‬ ‫‪failed. Cannot‬‬
‫]‪ [Fax Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫‪access the SIP‬‬
‫] ‪SIP‬‬ ‫]‪[Initial Settings‬‬ ‫‪server. Please‬‬
‫‪.[Settings‬‬ ‫‪check the address‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪setting of the SIP‬‬
‫‪Sending Documents by " "IP-Fax‬‬ ‫‪server or the SIP‬‬
‫‪ ،"IP-Fax‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫"‪server settings.‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪316‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﺬر ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز‬ "Network

‫ أرﺳﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬.IP-Fax ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬ communication has
.‫ إن أﻣﻜﻦ‬G3 ‫ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﻂ‬IP-Fax ‫ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ failed. Cannot
.‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ connect to the
destination
normally because
there is no IP-FAX
function
compatibility
between the
destination and this
machine."

"SIP Server IP Address" ‫ﺣﺪد‬ SIP ‫" رﻓﺾ ﺧﺎدم‬Network

‫" اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‬SIP User Name"‫و‬ ‫ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﺳﻢ‬communication has
Machine ] [Settings] ‫ﻓﻲ‬ .‫ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬failed. Cannot
Fax ] [Features Settings register this
Initial ] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ [Settings machine to SIP
.[SIP Settings] [Settings server. Please
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬ check the address
Sending Documents by " "IP-Fax setting of the SIP
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬،"IP-Fax server or other
.‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬ settings of the SIP
server."

317
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ‬ ‫" ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬Network

POP3 / ]‫[ و‬Reception Protocol] POP3 ‫ ﺧﺎدم‬communication has
Email ]‫[ و‬IMAP4 Settings .(IMAP4) failed. Failed to
‫[ ﻓﻲ‬Communication Port connect to
Machine Features ] [Settings] POP/IMAP server.
[System Settings] [Settings Please check
.[File Transfer] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ machine settings
and the status of
DNS ] ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪاد‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬
server and
[Settings] ‫[ ﻓﻲ‬Configuration .DNS ‫ﺧﺎدم‬
network."
[Machine Features Settings]
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ [System Settings]
.[Interface Settings]

‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

.‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫[ ﻓﻲ‬SMTP Server] ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫" ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬Network

Machine Features ] [Settings] .SMTP ‫ ﺧﺎدم‬communication has
[System Settings] [Settings failed. Failed to
.[File Transfer] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ connect to the
destination. Please
‫[ ﻓﻲ‬DNS Configuration] ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬
check if the
Machine Features ] [Settings] .DNS ‫ﺧﺎدم‬
destination is
[System Settings] [Settings
correct and
Interface ] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
destination
.Settings] tab
machine status."
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
.‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

318
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﻧﺸﺎء‬

‫ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ إرﺳﺎل ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ وﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪادات اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ إﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ أو ﻣﺠﻠﺪ"‬
‫" ‪Transferring a Received‬‬
‫‪Fax Document to E-mail‬‬
‫‪ ،"Address or Folder‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎدم ‪"SMTP‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫" ‪Sending Internet Faxes without‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎدم ‪.SMTP‬‬
‫‪ ،"Using SMTP Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪319‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻌﺜﻮر‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬

‫واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Edit‬وﺗﺤﻘﻖ أن‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬ ‫‪failed. Failed to‬‬
‫]‪ [Folder] [Destinations‬ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪connect to the‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ أو ﻣﺴﺎر اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪destination folder.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Please check if the‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪destination is‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء‬ ‫‪correct and‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪destination‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ‬ ‫"‪machine settings.‬‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ أو ﻣﺠﻠﺪ"‬
‫" ‪Transferring a Received Fax‬‬
‫‪Document to E-mail Address or‬‬
‫‪ ،"Folder‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺧﺎدم ‪ SMTP‬واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺪث ﻋﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ إرﺳﺎل ﻳﻌﻤﻼن‬ ‫ﺧﺎدم ‪ SMTP‬أو‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬ ‫‪failed. Failed to‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل‬ ‫‪send. Please‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪check a destination‬‬
‫ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫‪machine status‬‬
‫ﺧﺎدم ‪.SMTP‬‬ ‫‪and both‬‬
‫‪authentication‬‬
‫‪setting of‬‬
‫‪destination‬‬
‫‪machine and this‬‬
‫"‪machine.‬‬

‫‪320‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮاﻓﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬

‫ﺧﺎدم ‪ SMTP‬واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫ﺧﺎدم ‪ SMTP‬أو‬ ‫‪failed. Failed to‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬ ‫‪send. Please‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪check destination‬‬
‫أو اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫‪machine status‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪and remaining‬‬
‫إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫"‪memory.‬‬
‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺪون‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎدم‬
‫‪.SMTP‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ "Network‬اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬

‫ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى إذا ﻟﺰم‬ ‫‪ communication has‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪failed. Failed to‬‬
‫‪send. Please‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪check if the‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ‬
‫‪destination is‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫"‪correct.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎدم ‪"SMTP‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫" ‪Sending Internet Faxes without‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎدم ‪.SMTP‬‬
‫‪ ،"Using SMTP Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪321‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺧﺎدم ‪ SMTP‬واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺪث ﻋﻄﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬

‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻳﻌﻤﻼن ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎدم ‪ SMTP‬أو‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬ ‫‪failed. Failed to‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪send. Please‬‬
‫أو اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫‪check status and‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪settings of the‬‬
‫إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪destination‬‬
‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺪون‬ ‫"‪machine.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎدم‬
‫‪.SMTP‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﺧﺎدم ‪ SMTP‬وأﺟﻬﺰة‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺪث ﻋﻄﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﺎدم ‪ SMTP‬أو‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬ ‫‪failed. Failed to‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪send. Please‬‬
‫أو اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫‪check the access‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪privilege setting of‬‬
‫إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫"‪the destination.‬‬
‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺪون‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎدم‬
‫‪.SMTP‬‬

‫‪322‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻌﺜﻮر‬

‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮك اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
‫واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Edit‬وراﺟﻊ " ‪Path‬‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ "Name‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪.[Folder] [Destinations‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ أو ﻣﺠﻠﺪ"‬
‫" ‪Transferring a Received Fax‬‬
‫‪Document to E-mail Address or‬‬
‫‪ ،"Folder‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد وﺟﻬﺔ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Edit‬وﺣﺪد‬ ‫و‪/‬أو ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Destinations‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫] ‪Folder‬‬ ‫]‪[Folder‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ Authentication‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت[ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ" " ‪Registering‬‬
‫‪the Destination Folder to Use for‬‬
‫‪ ،"Send to Folder‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪323‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫] ‪Machine‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪد ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬

‫‪[Features Settings‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫]‪ [System Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﺨﺎص‬ ‫‪failed. Failed to‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[File Transfer‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺆول ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪send. Please‬‬
‫] ‪Administrator's Email‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪check the‬‬
‫‪.[Address‬‬ ‫ﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﺴﺠﻼت‬ ‫‪administrator email‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻌﺪم إرﺳﺎل‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪ .‬‬ ‫"‪address setting.‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﺠﻼت ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﺖ‬
‫]‪ [4‬ﺗﺤﺖ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪ [21‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫]‪.[Parameter Settings‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻋﺮض ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ"‬
‫" ‪Viewing the History of Sent‬‬
‫‪ ،"and Received Faxes‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد وﺟﻬﺔ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Edit‬وﺣﺪد‬ ‫و‪/‬أو ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Destinations‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪failed. Failed to‬‬
‫]‪Folder Authentication‬‬ ‫]‪[Folder‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪send. Please‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت[ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬ ‫‪check user name‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪and password.‬‬
‫ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ" " ‪Registering the‬‬
‫‪Destination Folder to Use for‬‬
‫‪ ،"Send to Folder‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪324‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Fax Email Account‬أو‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬

‫]‪ [Administrator's Email Address‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫] ‪Machine Features‬‬ ‫]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪failed. Failed to‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻹرﺳﺎل ‪[System Settings] [Settings‬‬ ‫‪send. The‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪.[File Transfer‬‬ ‫واﺳﺘﻼم رﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫‪registration of fax‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل واﺳﺘﻼم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪email address or‬‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ"‬ ‫وﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪administrator email‬‬
‫" ‪Sending and Receiving‬‬ ‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪address is‬‬
‫‪،"Documents by Internet Fax‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺆول ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫"‪required.‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬ ‫إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ ﻣﻀﻴﻒ أو ﻋﻨﻮان ‪IP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﻢ‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬وأرﺳﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎل ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺪون‬ ‫‪failed. Failed to‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫‪send. The specified‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Destination‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪.SMTP‬‬ ‫"‪address is invalid.‬‬
‫دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪ ،[Edit‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫ﻓﻲ "‪ "Send via SMTP Server‬و‬
‫"‪ "SMTP Authentication Info‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Destinations‬‬
‫]‪.[Email Address‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺴﺎت اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎدم ‪"SMTP‬‬
‫" ‪Sending Internet Faxes‬‬
‫‪،"without Using SMTP Server‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪325‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

"User Name" ‫ ﺣﺪد اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ‬Fax ] ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ "Network

[Settings] ‫" ﻓﻲ‬Password"‫و‬ .[Email Account communication has
[Machine Features Settings] failed. Fax email
‫[ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬System Settings] account is not
Fax ] [File Transfer] ‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ registered. Please
.[Email Account check settings."

‫ ﻓﻲ‬Email Address ‫ ﺳﺠّﻞ‬Fax ] ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ "Network

Machine Features ] [Settings] .[Email Account communication has
[System Settings] [Settings failed. Fax email
[File Transfer] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ address is not
.[Fax Email Account] registered. Please
check settings."

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬  ‫" ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻻ‬Network

‫ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
.‫وﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
.‫ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ‬communication has
failed. No response
 from the
destination. Please
check the cable
connection and if
the network
equipment is
turned on."

326
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

[Settings] ‫ﺣﺪد اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ‬ "Network

[Machine Features Settings] ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬ communication has
‫[ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬System Settings] POP3 ‫إﻟﻰ ﺧﺎدم‬ failed. POP/IMAP
POP3 ] [File Transfer] ‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ .(IMAP4) server
.[/ IMAP4 Settings authentication error
has occurred.
Please check email
account and
password."

[Settings] ‫ﺣﺪد اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ‬ ‫" ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬Network

[Machine Features Settings]
‫[ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬System Settings]
POP3 ] [File Transfer] ‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
.[/ IMAP4 Settings
‫ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺧﺎدم‬communication has
.POP3 (IMAP4) failed. POP/IMAP
server is not
registered. Please
check settings."

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ "Network

.‫ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬ communication has
"‫)ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ( أو راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ failed. S/MIME
Encrypting Network " ‫اﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻣﺪة‬ certificate error has
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬،"Communication .‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬ occurred. Please
.(‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ check the
certificate of both
.‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
destination and this
"‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
machine."
Encrypting Network " ‫)ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ( أو‬
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬،"Communication ‫اﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻣﺪة‬
.(‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ .‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬

327
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ "Network

SIP ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ communication has
SIP Digest ‫" ﻓﻲ‬Password"‫و‬ ‫ وﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬SIP ‫ﺧﺎدم‬ failed. SIP digest
[Settings] ‫ ﺗﺤﺖ‬Authentication ‫اﻟﻤﺮور اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬ authentication
[Machine Features Settings] .‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ failed. Please
‫[ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬Fax Settings] check the SIP
SIP ] [Initial Settings] digest
.[Settings authentication user
‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬ name and
Sending Documents by " "IP-Fax password."
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬،"IP-Fax
.‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬

.‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﻬﺎدة ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‬ ‫" اﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ‬Network

"‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
Encrypting Network "
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬،"Communication
.(‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬communication has
.(‫ )ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬failed. The
certificate of
destination is not
currently valid.
Please re-issue it."

328
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﻬﺎدة ﺟﻬﺎز ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬

‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ"‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫)ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ( أو " ‪Encrypting Network‬‬ ‫‪failed. The‬‬
‫‪ ،"Communication‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫اﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻣﺪة‬ ‫‪certificate of this‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪machine is not‬‬
‫‪currently valid.‬‬
‫"‪Please re-issue it.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﻬﺎدة ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﺷﻬﺎدة‬ ‫اﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪"Network‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪communication has‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ"‬ ‫)ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ(‬ ‫‪failed. The‬‬
‫" ‪Encrypting Network‬‬ ‫وﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬ ‫‪certificate of this‬‬
‫‪ ،"Communication‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪machine or‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪destination‬‬
‫‪machine is not‬‬
‫‪currently valid.‬‬
‫"‪Please re-issue it.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫‪ "Network‬ﺗﻢ إرﺳﺎل ‪IP-Fax‬‬

‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ .IP-Fax‬أرﺳﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﻂ ‪ G3‬إن أﻣﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ communication has‬إﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫‪.IP-Fax failed. The‬‬
‫‪destination does‬‬
‫‪not support‬‬
‫"‪IP-FAX.‬‬

‫‪329‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫[ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬Effective Protocol] ‫ﺣﺪد‬ ‫" ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان‬Network

‫ أو‬،[Machine IPv4 Address]‫و‬ .‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‬IP communication has
‫[ ﻓﻲ‬Machine IPv6 Address] failed. The IP
Machine Features ] [Settings] address is invalid.
[System Settings] [Settings Please check the
Interface ] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ network settings."
.[Settings
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬،"‫اﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
.‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬

SIP Server IP ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬ "Network

[Settings] ‫ ﻓﻲ‬Address ‫اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ‬ communication has
[Machine Features Settings] SIP Server IP ] failed. The IP
‫[ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬Fax Settings] ‫[ و‬Address address may be
SIP ] [Initial Settings] Effective ] invalid. Please
[Effective Protocol]‫[ و‬Settings .[Protocol check the network
Machine ] [Settings] ‫ﻓﻲ‬ settings."
System ] [Features Settings
‫[ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬Settings
.[Interface Settings]

330
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد ]‪ [Machine IPv4 Address‬أو‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان‬

‫]‪ [Machine IPv6 Address‬اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪ IP‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬
‫] ‪Machine‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫] ‪System‬‬ ‫‪[Features Settings‬‬
‫‪ [Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫]‪.[Interface Settings‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ" " ‪Connecting to a Wired‬‬
‫‪ ،"LAN‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "Network‬أﻧﻬﺖ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫إذا رﻓﻀﺖ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﺳﺘﻼم‬
‫ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺪون ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ اﻹﻋﻼم‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت وأﻋﺪ إرﺳﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ communication has‬اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪failed. The line has‬‬
‫‪been‬‬
‫‪disconnected.‬‬
‫‪Please check the‬‬
‫‪destination and‬‬
‫‪caller ID‬‬
‫‪notification‬‬
‫"‪setting.‬‬

‫‪331‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫ ﻻ‬،‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ‬ "Network

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﻌﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ communication has
Machine ] [Settings] ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ failed. The mail
System ] [Features Settings ‫ أو‬SMTP ‫ﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ address for
File ] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ [Settings ‫ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان‬POP authentication
Administrator's ] [Transfer ‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ does not match
.[Email Address SMTP ‫ﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ with administrator's
‫راﺟﻊ "إﺷﻌﺎرات ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻟﻌﻨﻮان‬ one. Please check
"‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ the settings."
Machine Status Notification by " .‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺆول‬
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬،"E-mail
.‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬

‫" اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬Check whether

.‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬there are any
network problems."
POP3 / ] ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬
[15-11]
Email ] ،[IMAP4 Settings POP3 ‫ﺧﺎدم‬
‫[ و‬Communication Port .(IMAP4)
‫[ ﻓﻲ‬Reception Protocol]
Machine Features ] [Settings]
[System Settings] [Settings
.[File Transfer] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

DNS ] ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪاد‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬

[Settings] ‫[ ﻓﻲ‬Configuration .DNS ‫ﺧﺎدم‬
[Machine Features Settings]
‫[ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬System Settings]
.[Interface Settings] ‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬

332
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ ]‪ [1‬ﺗﺤﺖ رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ]‪ [21‬ورﻗﻢ اﻟﺒﺖ ]‪[6‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ]‪[Fax Settings] [Machine Features Settings] [Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ [Parameter Settings] [Initial Settings‬ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ "‪ ."Network communication has failed.‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ IP-Fax‬أو ﻓﺎﻛﺲ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ" "‪،"Changing the Parameter Settings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﻓﺮ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪333‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬  ‫" اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ‬Check whether

.‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬there are any
[Confirm] ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬  network problems."
.G3 ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‬ [16-00]

‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ رﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ "Connection with

Machine ] [Settings] ‫أﺧﺮى ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ the remote machine
[Features Settings Remote ] has failed. There is
‫[ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬System Settings] .[Machine a problem with the
[Administrator Tools] ‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ remote machine
Program / Change / ] structure. Contact
.[Delete Remote Machine the administrator."

[Settings] ‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ رﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

[Machine Features Settings] ‫أﺧﺮى ﻣﺴﺠّﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
[System Settings] Remote ]
Administrator ] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫[ ﻋﻠﻰ‬Machine
Program / Change ] [Tools .‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬
[/ Delete Remote Machine
.‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬

334
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "Transfer error has‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ occurred. Check‬اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء إرﺳﺎل‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ status of remote‬اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫"‪machine.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وأﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪IP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ اﻟﺨﺎص‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫] ‪Machine Features‬‬
‫] ‪System‬‬ ‫‪[Settings‬‬
‫‪ [Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ] ‪Administrator‬‬
‫‪[Tools‬‬
‫]‬
‫‪Program/Change/Delete‬‬
‫‪ [Remote Machine‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪335‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫ﻓﺸﻠﺖ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪"Authentication with‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ رﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪remote machine‬‬
‫وﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪failed. Check remote‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻹذن ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪machine's‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪authentication‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻹذن ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫"‪settings.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ )ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم(" " ‪Verifying‬‬
‫‪Users to Operate the‬‬
‫‪Machine (User‬‬
‫)‪ ،"Authentication‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪ "Check whether‬اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ there are any‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"‪network problems.‬‬
‫]‪[16-00‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪"Connection with the‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪remote machine has‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪failed. Check the‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪remote machine‬‬
‫"‪status.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫واﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪336‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ أو‬IP ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬ ‫ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬

‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ اﻟﺨﺎص‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
[Settings] ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
Machine Features ]
System ] [Settings
‫[ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬Settings
[Administrator Tools]
Program / Change / ]
[Delete Remote Machine
.‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ "Connection with the
Machine ] [Settings] ‫ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻓﻲ‬ remote machine has
[Features Settings .[Remote Machine] failed. There is a
[System Settings] problem with the
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ remote machine
[Administrator Tools] structure. Contact
Program / Change / ] the administrator."
.[Delete Remote Machine

337
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺠّﻠﺔ‬

‫] ‪Machine‬‬ ‫]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ] ‪Remote‬‬
‫‪[Features Settings‬‬ ‫‪ [Machine‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪[System Settings‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫]‪[Administrator Tools‬‬
‫] ‪Program / Change /‬‬
‫‪[Delete Remote Machine‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ دﻋﻢ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ رﻣﺰ‬ ‫‪ "Remote fax is not‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ available because‬رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ واﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪[User Code‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪Authentication] is‬‬
‫أﺧﺮى ﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬ ‫"‪active.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬أو‬ ‫‪ "Remote machine‬ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ اﻟﺨﺎص‬ ‫‪ registration is‬اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪incorrect. Contact‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫"‪the administrator.‬‬
‫] ‪Machine Features‬‬
‫] ‪System‬‬ ‫‪[Settings‬‬
‫‪ [Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫]‪[Administrator Tools‬‬
‫] ‪Program / Change /‬‬
‫‪.[Delete Remote Machine‬‬

‫‪338‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "Transfer error has‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‬ ‫‪ occurred. Check‬اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء إرﺳﺎل‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ status of remote‬اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫"‪machine.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫وﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ IP‬أو اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫] ‪Machine Features‬‬
‫] ‪System‬‬ ‫‪[Settings‬‬
‫‪ [Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ] ‪Administrator‬‬
‫] ‪Program /‬‬ ‫‪[Tools‬‬
‫‪Change / Delete‬‬
‫‪.[Remote Machine‬‬

‫‪339‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪"Transfer error has‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪occurred. Check‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪status of remote‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪machine.‬‬
‫‪"The HDD of the‬‬
‫‪remote machine is‬‬
‫"‪full.‬‬

‫‪340‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ ]‪ ،[Settings‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Home‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ إﻏﻼق ]‪.[Settings‬‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺪون أﻛﻮاد اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪"Address Book is‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫‪currently in use‬‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪by another‬‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬وﻻ‬ ‫‪function.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﺟﺮاء‬ ‫‪Authentication‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻼم‬ ‫"‪has failed.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪"A job via the‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪network that was‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪،‬‬ ‫‪not printed exists‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪because an error‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪occurred. It was‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 185‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪stored as a job‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ وﺗﻢ‬ ‫"‪not printed.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ"‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻐﺎة‪.‬‬

‫‪341‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﺘﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﻬﺎم ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫‪"All the remaining‬‬
‫أﺟﻬﺰة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪print volume has‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﺤﺼﻮل‬ ‫‪been allocated to‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬ ‫‪another central‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎب‬ ‫‪managed‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪client(s). The job‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻹدارة‬ ‫‪has been‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪cancelled.‬‬

‫‪ "An error‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺣﺪد ﺣﺟ ًﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺮض أﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 216.0‬ﻣﻢ‬

‫)‪ 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( وﻃﻮل أﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 356.0‬ﻣﻢ‬ ‫‪ occurred while‬ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‬
‫)‪ 14.0‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﻓﻲ "‪ "Print On:‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪ printing a job with‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ] ‪Same as‬‬ ‫‪Background‬‬
‫‪ [Original Size‬ﻓﻲ "‪ ،":Print On‬ﻗﻠﻞ‬ ‫‪Numbering. The‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ "‪ ":Print On‬أو اﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫‪job has been‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪cancelled.‬‬

‫‪342‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪"An error‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ أﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪600‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪occurred while‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Resolution‬؟‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪processing an‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ إﻋﺪادات ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Unauthorized‬‬
‫وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ" " ‪Applying Different‬‬ ‫‪Copy Prevention‬‬
‫‪Print Settings Depending on the‬‬ ‫‪job. The job was‬‬
‫‪ ،"Document Type‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫"‪cancelled.‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ )ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎت( ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺺ ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻨﻤﻂ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻊ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺼﺮح ﺑﻪ؟‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻛﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ؟‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Storing Documents to Print‬‬
‫‪ ،"in the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺢ‬

‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ ] ‪Unauthorized Copy‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺮح ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ‪.[Printer Prevention Printing:‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ راﺟﻊ "أدوات اﻟﻤﺴﺆول )إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻨﻈﺎم("‬
‫] ‪Administrator Tools (System " Administrator‬‬
‫‪ ،"(Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫‪.[Tools‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪343‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿﺮورﻳًﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ‬ ‫‪"Auto-registration‬‬
‫دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬ ‫‪of user‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪information has‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫"‪failed.‬‬
‫وﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ LDAP‬أو‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "Cannot access‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو‬

‫ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ FAT16‬أو ‪ ،FAT32‬وﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم‬ ‫‪ the Memory‬ذاﻛﺮة ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫"‪ Storage Device.‬اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﻀﺮرة‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺮاد إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻻ‬ ‫‪ "Cannot store‬ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬ ‫"‪ data of this size.‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺟﺪًا‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ‪.‬‬

‫‪344‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ "Classification‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻛﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ‪ ،‬وأدﺧﻞ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ Code is incorrect.‬ﻛﻮد ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫"‪ "Classification Code‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫‪The job has been‬‬
‫]‪ [Detailed Settings‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪[Job Setup‬‬ ‫"‪cancelled.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪاد ﻛﻮد‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ]‪ [Classification Code‬إﻟﻰ ]‪ [Optional‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪ Web Image Monitor‬إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إدارة ﻋﺪد اﻷوراق اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﻮد اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ" " ‪Managing the‬‬
‫‪Number of Printed Sheets Using the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Classification Code‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ "Collate has been‬ﺗﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء‬ ‫"‪ cancelled.‬اﻟﻔﺮز‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫‪345‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺠﻬﺎز‬ ‫"‪ "Command Error‬ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل أو‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص‬ ‫ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬اﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺣﺪث إﺻﺪار ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻹدارة اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫‪"Communication‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫‪error with central‬‬
‫ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫‪management‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫‪server has‬‬
‫اﻹدارة‬ ‫‪occurred. The job‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪has been‬‬
‫"‪cancelled.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻷداة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "Compressed‬اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫"‪ Data Error.‬اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪346‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎك رﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪"Connection with‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫وﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪the machine has‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫‪failed. Check the‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪machine‬‬
‫اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬ ‫]‪.[Printer‬‬ ‫"‪structure.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف‬ ‫‪ "Data storage‬ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫"‪ error.‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎر‬
‫إﺻﻼح اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ أو‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺆﻣّﻨﺔ‬
‫أو اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫أو ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ أو‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎدم‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻄﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫‪"Document‬‬

‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫‪Server is not‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫‪available to use.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪Cannot store.‬‬

‫‪347‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﺳﺘﺨﺪام درج اﻟﻮرق ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ "Duplex has been‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫] ‪Tray Paper‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫"‪ cancelled.‬درج ﻣﺼﺪر‬
‫‪.[Paper Type] [Settings‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮرق ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪PDF‬‬ ‫‪ "Error has‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ occurred.‬ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺮاد إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "Exceeded max.‬اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬

‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ capacity of‬ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Document Server.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫"‪Cannot store.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Deleting Documents‬‬
‫‪ ،"Stored in the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Erasing Documents‬‬
‫‪ ،"from Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪348‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪ "Exceeded max.‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ اﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‬

‫)ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ( اﻟﺬي ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ number of files.‬اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫")‪ (Auto‬ﻣﻬﺎم اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ أو اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Deleting Documents Stored in‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻬﺎم اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إدارﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫)ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ( أﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮع‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪.‬‬

‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻋﺪد‬ ‫‪"Exceeded max.‬‬
‫إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫‪number of files of‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪Document Server.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Erasing Documents from‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ‬ ‫"‪Cannot store.‬‬
‫‪ ،"Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪349‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "Exceeded max.‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪" number of pages.‬ﺗﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫")‪ (Auto‬اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت" أﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Deleting Documents‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ،"Stored in the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮع‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫ﻛﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Erasing Documents‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫‪ ،"from Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎوز أﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫‪"Exceeded max.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪد ﺻﻔﺤﺎت‬ ‫‪number of pages‬‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪of Document‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫‪Server. Cannot‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫ﻋﺪد‪.‬‬ ‫"‪store.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Erasing Documents‬‬
‫‪ ،"from Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Exceeded max.‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫‪ pages. Collate is‬اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬
‫"‪ incomplete.‬اﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺮزﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪350‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪"Exceeded the‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪maximum unit‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆول‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪودًا‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪count for Print‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻌﺪاد أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻘﻴﺪ‬ ‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪Volume Use. The‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺮوض ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷن ﺣﺠﻢ‬ ‫‪job has been‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼم"‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫"‪cancelled.‬‬
‫"‪ ،"Checking Inquiry Information‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم" " ‪Specifying‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫‪Maximum Print Volume Use of Each‬‬
‫‪ ،"User‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪ "File system is‬ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ full.‬ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺊ‪ ،‬وﻻ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Deleting Documents Stored in‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻒ ‪.PDF‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Erasing Documents from‬‬
‫‪ ،"Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ "Hardware‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة‬

‫"‪ Problem: HDD‬اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ‪.USB‬‬

‫‪351‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪"Hardware‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬ ‫"‪Problem: USB‬‬
‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪"Hardware‬‬
‫إﺻﻼح اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Problem:‬‬
‫"‪Ethernet‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ "Hardware‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ Problem:‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫"‪ Wireless Card‬اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬
‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫إﺻﻼح اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺣﺬف اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج أو اﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ اﻟﺬي ﻟﻢ‬ ‫"‪ "HDD is full.‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿﺮورﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺠﻮزة‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻤﺎذج أو‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮط ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪PostScript 3‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪352‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "HDD is full.‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫")‪ (Auto‬ﺗﺠﺎوز اﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺮص‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻠﺐ أﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Deleting Documents‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ،"Stored in the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮع‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫ﻛﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Erasing Documents‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫‪ ،"from Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "I/O buffer‬ﺣﺪث ﺗﺠﺎوز‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎدة اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪ [I/O Buffer‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫"‪ overflow.‬ﻟﻠﺴﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫] ‪Machine Features‬‬ ‫]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺰن اﻻﺳﺘﻼم‬
‫‪[Printer Settings] [Settings‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪.[Host Interface‬‬

‫‪353‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺆول‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪"Information for‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ :‬اﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬ ‫‪ ،LDAP‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪user‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫‪authentication is‬‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻞ اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻜﺮرة ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫‪already registered‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻮادم اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺎت‬ ‫"‪for another user.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺨﻮادم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫وﺗﺤﺪث‬
‫اﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻤﻜﺮرة‬
‫)أﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت( ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‬
‫)اﻟﺨﺎدم(‪.‬‬

‫‪PCL 6‬‬ ‫‪ "Insufficient‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬ ‫"‪ Memory‬ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫"‪ "Vector/Raster‬إﻟﻰ ]‪ [Raster‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Detailed Settings‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪.[Print Quality:Advanced‬‬

‫‪354‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪاد‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي درج‬ ‫‪"Load following‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪرج واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬ ‫‪paper in XXX. To‬‬
‫]‪ .[Continue‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪force print, select‬‬
‫أو ورق اﻟﻐﻼف أو اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ أو‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪another tray and‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ إﻟﻰ ﻓﺼﻮل أو اﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ أو ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﺗﻢ‬ ‫"‪press [Continue].‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺰدوﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ درج‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(XXX indicates‬‬
‫ورق ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬ ‫)‪the tray name‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻔﺮز‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺨﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 237‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج‬
‫اﻟﻮرق"‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ "Memory‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ‬

‫"‪ "Vector/Raster‬إﻟﻰ ]‪ [Raster‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫"‪ Overflow‬اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ [Detailed Settings‬اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫]‪.[Print Quality:Advanced‬‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ) ‪PCL‬‬
‫‪.(6‬‬

‫‪355‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة‬ ‫‪ "Memory‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬

‫‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء‬ ‫"‪ Retrieval Error‬اﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎع‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬ ‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪"No response‬‬

‫‪ LDAP‬أو‬ ‫‪from the server.‬‬
‫‪،Windows‬‬ ‫‪Authentication‬‬
‫ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫"‪has failed.‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء إرﺳﺎل‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻼم‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎدم‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ورق‬ ‫‪ "Output tray has‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ وﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫اﻹﺧﺮاج‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ been changed.‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ورق‬
‫اﻹﺧﺮاج ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮد ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ‬
‫وﺟﻬﺔ اﻹﺧﺮاج‪.‬‬

‫‪356‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ إﻋﺪاد‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ درج‬ ‫‪"Paper size and‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﺪرج واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ورق ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‬ ‫‪type are‬‬
‫]‪ .[Continue‬وﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ أو‬ ‫ﺑﻮرق ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪mismatched.‬‬
‫ورق اﻟﻐﻼف أو اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ أو‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ أو اﻟﻨﻮع‬ ‫‪Select another‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ إﻟﻰ ﻓﺼﻮل أو اﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ أو ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪tray from the‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺰدوﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ درج‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪following and‬‬
‫ورق ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪press [Continue].‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻔﺮز‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪To cancel job,‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺨﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪press [Job Reset].‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Paper size and‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪type can also be‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق وﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪changed in User‬‬
‫] ‪Tray‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫"‪Tools.‬‬
‫‪.[Paper Settings‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 237‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج‬
‫اﻟﻮرق"‬

‫‪357‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪ "Parallel I/F board‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة‬

‫"‪ has a problem.‬واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮازي‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬
‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫إﺻﻼح اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ إﺻﻼح اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Printer font‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬

‫"‪ error.‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻟﺨﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺧﻔﺾ ]‪ [Resolution‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫"‪ "Print overrun.‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ‬

‫ﺻﻮرة اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ إﻋﺪادات ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ‬ ‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ" " ‪Applying Different Print‬‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Settings Depending on the Document‬‬
‫‪ ،"Type‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ "Receiving data‬ﺗﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء إرﺳﺎل أرﺳﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫"‪ failed.‬اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪358‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪ "Sending data‬ﺗﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء إرﺳﺎل ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫"‪ failed.‬اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪد اﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻋﺪد‬ ‫‪"Staple error‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺸﻄﻴﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻷوراق اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪occurred. The job‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ )‪ 80‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪ ،2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ‪20‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪has been‬‬
‫رﻃﻼ ً(‬ ‫وﺗﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫"‪cancelled.‬‬
‫‪ 30 ‬ورﻗﺔ‪,13 × 8 /2 ,14 × 8 /2 :‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪,13 × 8 ,13 × 81/4 ,14 × 81/4‬‬
‫‪132/5 × 81/2‬‬
‫‪ 50 ‬ورﻗﺔ‪A4 , B5 JIS , 81/2 × :‬‬
‫‪11 , 71/4 × 101/2 , 16K‬‬

‫‪359‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪ "Staple has been‬ﺗﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺸﻄﻴﺐ‬

‫"‪ cancelled.‬اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد اﻹﻋﺪاد وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ )‪ 80‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪ ،2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ‪20‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪد‬
‫أوراق أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ رﻃﻼ ً(‬
‫اﻟﻼزم ﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺴﻬﺎ‪ 30  .‬ورﻗﺔ‪,13 × 81/2 ,14 × 81/2 :‬‬
‫‪,13 × 8 ,13 × 81/4 ,14 × 81/4‬‬
‫‪132/5 × 81/2‬‬
‫‪ 50 ‬ورﻗﺔ‪A4 , B5 JIS , 81/2 × :‬‬
‫‪11 , 71/4 × 101/2 , 16K‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺪﺑﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎه ورق‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ واﺗﺠﺎه ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺲ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ) ‪IM‬‬
‫‪ 600SRF‬ﻓﻘﻂ(" " ‪Stapling Printed‬‬
‫)‪ ،"Pages (IM 600SRF Only‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﺣﺪة ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﺨﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻄﻴﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺧﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" " ‪The Option‬‬
‫‪Configuration of the Machine Is Not‬‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،"Reflected in the Printer Driver‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪360‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة‬ ‫ﺣﺪث ﻋﻄﻞ‬

‫‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺮط ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪"The job was‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬ ‫‪cancelled‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬وﺗﻢ‬ ‫‪because the‬‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪specified settings‬‬
‫‪are not applicable‬‬
‫"‪for Booklet.‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺮاد إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫أﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻘﺪار‬ ‫‪"The print job has‬‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪been cancelled‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪because capture‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪file(s) could not‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Deleting Documents‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀًﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫‪be stored:‬‬
‫‪ ،"Stored in the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫‪Exceeded max.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎط‪.‬‬ ‫"‪memory.‬‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Erasing Documents‬‬
‫‪ ،"from Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪361‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻋﺪد‬ ‫‪"The print job has‬‬
‫إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫‪been cancelled‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪because capture‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﻗﺼﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Erasing Documents from‬‬ ‫‪file(s) could not‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد أﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻔﻆ ‪ ،"Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪be stored:‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎط‪) .‬اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Exceeded max.‬‬
‫"‪number of files.‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻋﺪد‬ ‫‪"The print job has‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻹرﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‬ ‫‪been cancelled‬‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪because capture‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫‪file(s) could not‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫ﻋﺪد أﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫‪be stored:‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات" " ‪Erasing Documents‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎط‪.‬‬ ‫‪Exceeded max.‬‬
‫‪ ،"from Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪number of pages‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫"‪per file.‬‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻃﺒﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪"The selected‬‬
‫ورق ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪paper size is not‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪supported. This‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﺗﻢ‬ ‫‪job has been‬‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫"‪cancelled.‬‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪362‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻃﺒﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ورق ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع‬ ‫‪"The selected‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ورق ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪paper type is not‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪supported. This‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﺗﻢ‬ ‫‪job has been‬‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫"‪cancelled.‬‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪"You do not have‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬ ‫‪a privilege to use‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪this function. This‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪job has been‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫"‪cancelled.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ" " ‪Specifying‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪،"Login Information in the Printer Driver‬‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ .‬وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻠﻚ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ أذوﻧﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤُﺴﺠﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ"‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫"‪،"Confirming the Available Functions‬‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ إذﻧًﺎ‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪363‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﺑﺴﻌﺔ ﻗﺼﻮى ﺗﺒﻠﻎ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "Memory storage‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬

‫‪ 32‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ أو ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪USB‬‬ ‫‪ device not‬اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ‪.USB 2.0‬‬ ‫‪ detected. Insert‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫"‪ the device.‬ﺟﻬﺎز ذاﻛﺮه‬
‫ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﻓﻼش ‪USB‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻻت‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ أو ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮور‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ FAT16‬أو ‪.FAT32‬‬
‫ﺟﺮب ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪USB‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻊ أﻛﻮاد اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم أو ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪364‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ /‬اﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ" "‪ ،"List / Test Print‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫"‪"Error :84‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎفٍ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﺼﻮر‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ رﻣﺰ‬ ‫"‪"Error :86‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫"‪"Error :91‬‬

‫)ﻣﻌﺮوض ﻓﻲ ﺳﺠﻞ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ أﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫اﻷﺧﻄﺎء(‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻠﻪ أو ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫أﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﺗﻢ‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫"‪"Error :92‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻣﻌﺮوض ﻓﻲ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺧﻄﺎء(‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ‬ ‫"‪"Error :98‬‬

‫واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫‪365‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫"‪"Error :99‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫ذاﻛﺮة ‪ USB‬ﻣﺤﻤﻮل‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺮاد‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮم أو ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻊ‬ ‫"‪"Command Error‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮة‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎرﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺠﻞ اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ /‬اﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ" "‪ ،"List / Test Print‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪366‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ ]‪ ،[Settings‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Home‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ إﻏﻼق ]‪.[Settings‬‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ واﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل‬
‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪"All the pages are‬‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ واﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬ ‫‪detected as blank.‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪No file was‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ] ‪Delete‬‬ ‫"‪created.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ [Blank Page‬أو‬
‫] ‪Delete Blank‬‬
‫‪ [Page‬ﻓﻲ ‪.OCR‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ] ‪Delete‬‬
‫‪.[Blank Page‬‬

‫‪367‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫] ‪Machine‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻞ‬

‫] ‪Scanner‬‬ ‫‪[Features Settings‬‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ] ‪Send‬‬ ‫‪[Settings‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫] ‪OCR Scanned‬‬ ‫‪[Settings‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ [Blank Page Sensitivity :PDF‬إﻟﻰ‬
‫]‪ .[Level 1‬ﺗﻜﺘﺸﻒ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ] ‪Delete‬‬
‫ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪ [Blank Page‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ أﺑﻴﺾ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.OCR‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬

‫]‪[Machine Features Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫]‪[Scanner Settings‬‬
‫] ‪Blank Page‬‬ ‫]‪[Scan Settings‬‬
‫‪.[Detection Level‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬ ‫‪"Authentication‬‬

‫واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Edit‬وﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪/‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪with the‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫‪destination has‬‬
‫]‪.[Email Address] [Destination‬‬ ‫‪failed. Check‬‬

‫‪368‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد وﺟﻬﺔ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮّف‬ ‫‪settings. To check‬‬

‫دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪/‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪the current status,‬‬
‫]‪ ،[Edit‬وﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮور اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪press [Scan Files‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫"‪Status].‬‬
‫]‪[Folder] [Destinations‬‬ ‫اﻹرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫]‪.[Folder Authentication Info‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫"‪ "@domain-name‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﺳﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم إﻟﻰ ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪد‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ وﺳﺠﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪ "Cannot access‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ذاﻛﺮة ‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ FAT16‬أو‬ ‫‪ USB the Memory‬اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ ،FAT32‬وﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‬ ‫"‪ Storage Device.‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ أو اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﻀﺮرة‪.‬‬

‫‪369‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫‪"Cannot find the‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪specified path.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺑﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪Please check the‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪settings.‬‬

‫ﺳﺠّﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ أو‬

‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺠّﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص‬ ‫ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻹرﺳﺎل‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻛﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎءات‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫"‪."Network‬‬ ‫]‪[Check Status‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪،‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 429‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت"‬

‫‪ "Cannot write on‬ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬

‫‪ the memory‬ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﻟﻌﺪم اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ storage device‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪because the‬‬
‫‪device is‬‬
‫"‪write-protected.‬‬

‫‪370‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫‪ "Cannot write on‬ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻣﻌﻴﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﺐ‪ ،‬أو ﻳﺤﺘﻮي‬ ‫‪the memory‬‬
‫اﻓﺤﺺ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪storage device.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺴﻖ‪ ،‬أو ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺮف ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪Check the‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪memory storage‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪device and‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪machine‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل‬ ‫"‪settings.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل اﻷﺣﺮف‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺮاد‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر إﻛﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬ ‫‪"Exceeded max.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮًا ﻟﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ‬ ‫‪page capacity per‬‬
‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬ ‫]‪file. Press [Send‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪to send the‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪scanned data, or‬‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬا‬ ‫‪press [Cancel‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪Sending] to‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫"‪delete.‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻋﺪد‬

‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪371‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻋﺘﻤﺎدًا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات‬ ‫‪ "Check original's‬ﺗﻢ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‪ ،‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﺗﺠﺎه وﺿﻊ‬ ‫"‪ orientation.‬اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎه‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻃﺊ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه‬
‫اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ" " ‪Placing an Original to‬‬
‫‪ ،"Scan‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫‪"Connection with‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪PC has failed.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺑﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪Check the‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪settings.‬‬

‫ﺳﺠّﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ أو‬

‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺠّﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص‬ ‫ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ واﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻹرﺳﺎل‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻛﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎءات‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫]‪."Network" [Check Status‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 429‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت"‬

‫‪372‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

[Send Settings] ‫ﻗﻠﻞ‬  ‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬ "Exceeded max.

.[Resolution] ‫ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ data capacity.
‫ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ ورق أﺻﻐﺮ ﻓﻲ‬  ‫ﺧﻼل ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ Check the
[Send Settings] [Reduce/Enlarge] resolution and the
[Reduce/Enlarge] [Specify Size] ratio then press
.[Specify Size] .‫ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ‬ [Start] again."

[Send Settings] ‫ﻗﻠﻞ‬  ‫ﺗﻢ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬ "Exceeded max.

.[Resolution] ‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ data capacity.
Send ] ‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻘﺎﺳًﺎ أﺻﻐﺮ ﻓﻲ‬  ‫أﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬ Check the
.[Scan Size] [Settings ‫ وﻳﺘﺠﺎوز‬،‫ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ scanning
‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‬ resolution, then
.‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﻪ‬ XXX."
‫)اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‬
(XXX ‫ﺑﺪﻻ ً ﻣﻦ‬

373
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

Send ] ‫ﺣﺪد ﻗﻴﻤﺔ أﻗﻞ ﻓﻲ‬  ‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬ "Exceeded max.
‫ أو‬،[Resolution] [Settings ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ‬ email size.
‫ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ أﺻﻐﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬ Sending email
[Send Settings] ‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ has been
[Reduce/Enlarge] .Max] ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ‬ cancelled. Check
.[Specify Size] .[Email Size [Max. Email Size]
Email .Max] ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬  in Scanner
[Settings] ‫[ ﻓﻲ‬Size Features."
[Machine Features Settings]
[Scanner Settings]
Send ] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ وﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬.[Settings
‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬
[(Yes (per Page] ‫ ﺣﺪد‬،‫ﻟﻠﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫([ ﻓﻲ‬Size .Yes (per Max] ‫أو‬
.[Divide & Send Email]

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ‬ "Exceeded max.

.‫اﻷﺣﺮف‬ ‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬ number of
"‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻢ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬ ‫اﻷﺣﺮف اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬ alphanumeric
The Setting Values of the " .‫إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬ characters."
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ‬،"Transmission Function
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
.‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬

374
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺑﻌﺪ أن ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪ "Exceeded max.‬ﻫﻨﺎك اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬

‫إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ number of stored‬اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬
‫‪ files. Cannot send‬إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪the scanned data‬‬
‫‪as capturing files‬‬
‫"‪is unavailable.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺮاد‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر إﻛﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬ ‫‪"Exceeded max.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮًا ﻟﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ‬ ‫‪page capacity per‬‬
‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬ ‫]‪file. Press [Write‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪to write the‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪scanned data to‬‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬا‬ ‫‪the memory‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪storage device, or‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪press [Cancel] to‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫"‪delete.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﺑﻌﺪ أن ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪ "Exceeded‬ﻫﻨﺎك اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬

‫إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ maximum number‬اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬
‫‪ of file to store.‬إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪Delete all‬‬
‫‪unnecessary‬‬
‫"‪files.‬‬

‫‪375‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪"Insufficient‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪memory in the‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ﺟﻬﺎز وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﻘﺴﻢ أو اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪memory storage‬‬
‫اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫ذاﻛﺮة ‪USB‬‬ ‫"‪device.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮل‪ ،‬أو ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﻌﺪم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫وﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Retry‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر إﻛﻤﺎل‬ ‫‪"Memory is full.‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻧﻈﺮًا ﻟﻌﺪم اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮح ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪Press [Write] to‬‬
‫وﺟﻮد ذاﻛﺮة ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة أم ﻻ‪.‬‬ ‫‪write the current‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪scanned data to‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫‪the memory‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬ ‫‪storage device, or‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪press [Cancel] to‬‬
‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫"‪delete.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد ﻗﻴﻤﺔ أﺻﻐﺮ ﻓﻲ ] ‪Send‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ زﻳﺎدة‬ ‫‪"Not all of the‬‬

‫]‪.[Scan Ratio‬‬ ‫‪[Settings‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪image will be‬‬
‫]‪ [Scan Ratio‬ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪scanned. Check‬‬
‫ﺟﺪًا‪.‬‬ ‫‪the ratio and then‬‬
‫]‪press [Start‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ ورق ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫"‪again.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ ] ‪ Scan‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻪ أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ %25‬ﻓﻲ ] ‪Send‬‬
‫‪[Reduce/Enlarge] [Settings Specify ] [Ratio‬‬
‫‪ [Size‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ]‪.[Specify Size‬‬
‫أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪.%25‬‬

‫‪376‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪"Programmed.‬‬

‫اﻟﺨﺎص اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﺠﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪد ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪Cannot program‬‬
‫اﻹدﺧﺎل اﻟﻴﺪوي ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪the destination(s‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪that is not‬‬
‫‪programmed in‬‬
‫‪the address‬‬
‫"‪book.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ وﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ وﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪"Programmed.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪدة ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪Cannot program‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮدي‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت‬ ‫‪the folder‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪destination(s) with‬‬
‫رﻣﺰ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪protection‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪code(s).‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ إﺳﺎءة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ"‬
‫" ‪Using the Protection‬‬
‫‪Function to Prevent the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Misuse of Addresses‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪377‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺳﺠﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪"SMTP‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪ SMTP‬ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪authentication‬‬
‫]‪[Machine Features Settings‬‬ ‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪email address‬‬
‫]‪ [System Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪SMTP‬‬ ‫‪and administrator‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[File Transfer‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪email address‬‬
‫]‪.[Administrator's Email Address‬‬ ‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫"‪mismatch.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺆول‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻰ وﺟﻬﺔ أﺧﺮى‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮي اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة إﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫وﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[Select‬‬
‫و‪/‬أو وﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫‪"Some invalid‬‬
‫)‪destination(s‬‬
‫‪contained. Do you‬‬
‫‪want to select‬‬
‫‪only valid‬‬
‫"?)‪destination(s‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل )ﻣﺴﺢ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬف‬ ‫‪"Some of selected‬‬

‫رﺳﺎﻟﺔ "‪ ،("Waiting...‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﺬف‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪files are currently‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻧﺘﻈﺎر إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ )ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪in use. They could‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬ ‫"‪not be deleted.‬‬
‫"‪.("Waiting...‬‬

‫‪378‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء وﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ وﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪"The program is‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪدة ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﺤﺪدة ﺑﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫‪recalled. Cannot‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺪ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺮدي‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت‬ ‫‪recall the folder‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪destination(s) with‬‬
‫رﻣﺰ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪protection‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪code(s).‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ إﺳﺎءة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ"‬
‫" ‪Using the Protection‬‬
‫‪Function to Prevent the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Misuse of Addresses‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎدة ]‪[Send Settings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬ ‫‪"The size of the‬‬
‫]‪.[Resolution‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬ ‫‪scanned data is‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﺣﺠﻢ ورق أﻛﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪too small. Check‬‬
‫]‪[Send Settings‬‬ ‫]‪[Reduce/Enlarge‬‬ ‫‪the resolution and‬‬
‫]‪[Reduce/Enlarge‬‬ ‫]‪[Specify Size‬‬ ‫‪the ratio and then‬‬
‫]‪.[Specify Size‬‬ ‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﺟﺪًا‪.‬‬ ‫]‪press [Start‬‬
‫"‪again.‬‬

‫‪379‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻘﺮص‬ ‫‪"Transmission‬‬

‫اﻟﺼﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة‬ ‫‪has failed.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫‪Insufficient‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ أو ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫‪memory in the‬‬
‫‪ SMTP‬أو ﺧﺎدم‬ ‫‪destination hard‬‬
‫‪ FTP‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪disk. To check the‬‬
‫‪current status,‬‬
‫‪press [Scan Files‬‬
‫"‪Status].‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮض ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪"Transmission‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬ ‫"‪has failed.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫‪"To check the‬‬
‫اﻧﺸﻐﺎل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أو‬ ‫‪current status,‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒﺐ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪press [Scan Files‬‬
‫"‪Status].‬‬

‫‪380‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬ﺑﺴﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف‬ ‫‪"Memory storage‬‬

‫ﻗﺼﻮى ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ‪ 32‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ أو‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو‬ ‫‪device not‬‬
‫ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪ USB‬ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ‪USB‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎز ذاﻛﺮه ﻓﻼش‬ ‫‪detected. Insert‬‬
‫‪.2.0‬‬ ‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪the device.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ SD‬أو ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ .‬أدﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ SD‬أو ذاﻛﺮة ﻓﻼش ‪ USB‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ذاﻛﺮة‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻼش ‪ USB‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ أو‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﻤﻨﺴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ FAT16‬أو ‪.FAT32‬‬
‫ﺟﺮب ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SD‬أو ذاﻛﺮة‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻼش ‪ USB‬أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪381‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو‬ ‫‪"Any of Login User‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬ ‫‪Name, Login‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ] ‪General User‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬ ‫‪Password or Driver‬‬
‫‪ [Authentication‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‬ ‫إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪Encryption Key is‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ .[Scan‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل‬ ‫] ‪General User‬‬ ‫"‪incorrect.‬‬
‫‪ [Authentication‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺠّﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Details‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ [Authenticate‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ .TWAIN‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.TWAIN‬‬
‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬

‫ﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ password and/or‬ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪SNMPv3‬‬
‫‪ ،SNMPv3‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬ ‫‪ authentication‬اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪Network‬‬ ‫‪Network algorithm may be‬‬
‫‪.Connection Tool‬‬ ‫‪Connection Tool incorrect. Please‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫"‪ check.‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
‫‪Installing the TWAIN " "TWAIN‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،"Driver‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪382‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪"Authentication‬‬

‫وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺬي ﻗﺎم ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪succeeded.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ أذوﻧﺎت اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻣﺘﻴﺎزات‬ ‫‪However, the‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬ ‫‪access privileges for‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ"‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ‬ ‫‪scanner function‬‬
‫" ‪Confirming the Available‬‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪has been denied.‬‬
‫‪ ،"Functions‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺣﺬف أوﺿﺎع اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪ "Cannot add any‬اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬

‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺿﺮورﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ more scanning‬أوﺿﺎع اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫"‪ mode.‬اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز‬
‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد )‪.(100‬‬

‫ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺆول‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Cannot connect to‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻨﺎع‬

‫‪ the scanner. Check‬وﺻﻮل‪.‬‬
‫‪the network Access‬‬
‫‪Mask settings in‬‬
‫"‪User Tools.‬‬

‫‪383‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﺣﺬف ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪ "Cannot specify any‬اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد‬

‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺿﺮورﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ more scanning‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫"‪ area.‬اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز‬
‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد )‪.(100‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات‬ ‫‪ "Communication‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ اﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل اﻻﺗﺼﺎل )‪(TCP / IP‬‬ ‫‪ error has occurred‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫"‪on the network.‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺠّﻞ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ رﻣﺰ‬ ‫‪"Entered User Code‬‬
‫]‪ [Details‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪is not registered or‬‬
‫]‪ [Authenticate‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪you do not have‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ .TWAIN‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ TWAIN‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪access privileges to‬‬
‫رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ رﻣﺰ‬ ‫‪use the scanner‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪function, please‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪contact your‬‬
‫"‪administrator.‬‬
‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ رﻣﺰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ أذوﻧﺎت اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ TWAIN‬ﺑﺎﻣﺘﻴﺎزات‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ"‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫" ‪Confirming the Available‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،"Functions‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪384‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪ "Error has occurred‬ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺣﺪد ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪه ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫"‪ in the scanner.‬اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 429‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت"‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬وﻗﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪث ﻋﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﺮة‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪TWAIN‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪوث ﻋﻄﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬

‫واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫‪385‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫أﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Error has occurred‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬

‫‪ in the scanner‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ أو‬
‫"‪ driver.‬ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪.TCP/IP‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ إﺻﻼح اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Fatal error has‬ﻳﺤﺪث ﻋﻄﻞ ﻻ‬

‫‪ occurred in the‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫"‪ scanner.‬اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪386‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ "Insufficient‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ memory. Close all‬أﺧﺮى ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮض ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ other applications,‬اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ أي‬ ‫‪ then restart‬اﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت أﺧﺮى ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء‬ ‫"‪scanning.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ،TWAIN‬وأﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ TWAIN‬ﻣﺮة‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻠﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ أو دﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ "Insufficient‬اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻞ‬ ‫‪ memory. Reduce‬ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﺄ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻼل ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫"‪ the scanning area.‬اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻄﻮع ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮن ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ )أﺳﻮد‬
‫وأﺑﻴﺾ( أو دﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد ]‪[No Compression‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ]‪[Initial Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫]‪ [Compression‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.TWAIN‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﻌﺪ ‪ Winsock‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ Winsock "Invalid Winsock‬ﺗﺎﻟﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪version. Please use‬‬
‫‪version 1.1 or‬‬
‫"‪higher.‬‬

‫‪387‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﻐﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪"Scanner is not‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪available. Check the‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪scanner connection‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘًﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪telnet‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪status.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‪ SNMPv1‬أو‬
‫‪ SNMPv2‬ﻛﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪار ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻌﺬر ﺣﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﺳﻢ ﻣﻀﻴﻒ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪Network‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ Connection Tool‬اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.TWAIN‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Installing the TWAIN " "TWAIN‬‬
‫‪ ،"Driver‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪388‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن اﺳﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺬر اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻀﻴﻒ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدًا ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IPv6‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫أداة اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ‪ IPv6‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،WIA‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ] ‪Network‬‬
‫‪ [Connection‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ ‪Web‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Image Monitor‬ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮل‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد ]‪[Active‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ]‪"LLMNR" [IPv4‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ] ‪Device‬‬
‫‪[Management‬‬
‫]‪[Configuration‬‬
‫"‪."Network‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ‪Web Image‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Monitor‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ "‪"LLMNR‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ "‪ "IPv6‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﻂ‬
‫]‪.[Active‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ‬ ‫‪ "Scanner is not‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪.TWAIN‬‬ ‫‪ available on the‬اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫"‪ TWAIN specified device.‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻏﻄﺎء ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج أﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج أو‬ ‫‪"Scanner is not‬‬
‫وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫أو وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪ready. Check the‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪scanner and the‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮح‪.‬‬ ‫"‪options.‬‬

‫‪389‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫]‪ [Read-ahead‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.TWAIN‬‬
‫اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ً ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ Windows‬أو ‪ ،LDAP‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ً ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺨﺎدم‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰًا ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ً‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺆول اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪار ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪390‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪار اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪"Scanning has been‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪aborted because‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪memory in‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎفٍ‬ ‫‪Mainframe became‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬ ‫"‪full.‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫]‪ [Read-ahead‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪.TWAIN‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬ ‫‪"The device's‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪authentication‬‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪service cannot be‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ أو اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫"‪performed.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ "There is no‬اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪response from the‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪scanner. There may‬‬
‫ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪be a number of‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪reasons for this, e.g.‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو ﺟﻬﺎز‬ the data between

.‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬ the computer and
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ scanner has been
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬ lost because of an
increase in network
traffic, the firewall in
the virus protection
software may be
activated, or there
might be problems
with the hardware
etc. If you can not
fix this problem,
please call service."

391
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪ "User‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬

‫‪ SNMPv3‬ﻓﻲ ‪Network‬‬ ‫‪ Authentication in‬اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪ Connection Tool‬اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ SNMPv3‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪Network connection has‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ .TWAIN‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫"‪Connection Tool failed.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪،SNMPv3‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪ SNMPv3‬اﻟﻤﺸﻔﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Installing the TWAIN " "TWAIN‬‬
‫‪ ،"Driver‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪392‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى‬

‫(‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ أو ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ ]‪ ،[Settings‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪) [Home‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ إﻏﻼق ]‪.[Settings‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ اﻣﺘﻴﺎز ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ أو‬ ‫‪"Administrator‬‬

‫‪ Windows‬أو ‪ ،LDAP‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬ ‫إدارة‬ ‫‪Authentication for‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻣﺘﻴﺎز إدارة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪User Management‬‬
‫] ‪Machine Features‬‬ ‫]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫إدارة ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪must be set to on‬‬
‫‪[System Settings] [Settings‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‪.‬‬ ‫‪before this‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Administrator Tools‬‬ ‫‪selection can be‬‬
‫] ‪Administrator Authentication‬‬ ‫"‪made.‬‬
‫‪.[Management‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Registering‬‬
‫‪Administrators Before Using the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ "Destination list /‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ وﺟﻬﺔ اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ وﻻ‬
‫‪ machine settings‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻟﻔﺘﺮة‬ ‫‪ are updated.‬اﻷﺟﻬﺰة‬
‫‪ Selected‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Web‬اﻋﺘﻤﺎدًا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.Image Monitor destinations or‬‬
‫‪function settings‬‬
‫‪have been cleared.‬‬
‫‪Please re-select‬‬
‫"‪the settings.‬‬

‫‪393‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫‪"Cannot connect‬‬
‫إدﺧﺎل ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ إدراج اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪with the wireless‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬا‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪card. Turn the main‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬إذا ﻇﻬﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪power switch off,‬‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﺪوب اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪then check the‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫"‪card.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(A "wireless LAN‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺳﺤﺐ‬ ‫‪board" is referred‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪to as a "wireless‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫)‪card".‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻛﺘﺸﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬

‫‪394‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ أو‬ ‫زﺟﺎج اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬ ‫‪"Clean the‬‬
‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ أو ﻟﻮح‬ ‫‪scanning glass.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Cleaning‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪(Located next to‬‬
‫‪ ،"the Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪the exposure‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬ ‫")‪glass.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳُﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫‪"Firmware update‬‬

‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪will start. Press‬‬
‫]‪ [Stop‬ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮن ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫وﺗﻮﺷﻚ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪[OK]. It will start‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ إﺟﺮاء‬ ‫‪automatically after‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪30 seconds.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ "Internal cooling‬أﺻﺒﺤﺖ اﻟﻤﺮوﺣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺿﺠﻴﺠًﺎ دوران ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮوﺣﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫"‪ fan is active.‬اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻠﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎد‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺪد‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق ﻣﻦ درج اﻹﺧﺮاج‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Output Tray is full.‬درج اﻹﺧﺮاج‬

‫"‪ Remove paper.‬ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺊ‪.‬‬

‫‪395‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﺤﻘﻖ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‬ ‫‪"Problems with the‬‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪wireless board.‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪Please call‬‬
‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪service.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف ﺧﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬
‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ إﺻﻼح اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ "Updating the‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ وﺟﻬﺔ اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ وﻻ‬
‫‪ destination list...‬وﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬وﻗﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻟﻔﺘﺮة‬ ‫‪ Please wait.‬اﻷﺟﻬﺰة‬
‫‪ Specified‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪ Web‬اﻋﺘﻤﺎدًا ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.Image Monitor destination(s) or‬‬
‫‪sender's name has‬‬
‫ﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ أو اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﺮة‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺤﻮ اﺳﻢ‬
‫"‪been cleared.‬‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ أو‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎدم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪396‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫راﺟﻊ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫‪ "Updating the‬ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ destination list has‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫"?‪failed. Try again‬‬
‫أﺿﻒ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎءات ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻴﺮوﺳﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬أو ﺳﺠّﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻴﺮوﺳﺎت أو‬
‫‪ IP‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎءات‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪار‬
‫ﻓﻲ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻓﻲ ]‪[Check Status‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫"‪."Network‬‬

‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "You do not have‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ‬

‫‪ the privileges to‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي وﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫أذوﻧﺎت اﻟﻮﺻﻮل ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ use this function.‬ﻗﺎم ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻣﺘﻴﺎزات راﺟﻊ "ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت"‬
‫"‪،"Preventing Information Leaks‬‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎز اﻹداري اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳُﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‪.‬‬ ‫اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫اﻻﻣﺘﻴﺎزات‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Registering‬‬ ‫اﻹدارﻳﺔ‬
‫‪Administrators Before Using the‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫‪ ،"Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬

‫‪397‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺣﺎوﻟﺖ ﺣﺬف ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إذن اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‬ ‫‪"The selected‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت دون إذن ﺑﺤﺜًﺎ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪ ،‬أو‬ ‫‪file(s) contained‬‬
‫اﺣﺬف ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪًا ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ إذن ﺑﺤﺬﻓﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪file(s) without‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺆوﻟﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪access privileges.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ" " ‪Registering‬‬ ‫‪Only file(s) with‬‬
‫‪Administrators Before Using the‬‬ ‫‪access privileges‬‬
‫‪ ،"Machine‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫"‪will be deleted.‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ دورﻳﺔ‬ ‫"‪ "Self checking...‬ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار وﻣﺪة‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ودرﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻮرة‪.‬‬
‫وﻋﻮاﻣﻞ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺪد‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت وﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق وﻧﻮع‬
‫اﻟﻮرق‪ .‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪ USB‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻛﺘﺸﻔﺖ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪"Incompatible USB‬‬

‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ واﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫‪device has been‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف‬ ‫‪ USB‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫‪connected. Check‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫"‪the USB device.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻐﺒﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮاﻛﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪.USB‬‬
‫إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺸﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪوب اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪398‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ دﺧﻮل اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮد اﻟﺨﻄﺄ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻣﻊ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ "‪ ،"Authentication has failed.‬واﺗﺨﺬ‬
‫اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻼزم‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﺮف اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﻛﻮد اﻟﺨﻄﺄ إﻟﻰ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :B ‬اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ :W ‬ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪Windows‬‬
‫‪ :L ‬ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪LDAP‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻢ إﺟﺮاء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻫﻨﺎك ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫"‪ has failed.‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ دﻋﻢ ‪ TWAIN‬آﺧﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺠﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻧﻔﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ B/W/L0103-000‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ أﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ دﺧﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو إﺟﺮاء‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬

‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور أدﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫"‪ has failed.‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪399‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪ B/W/L0104-000‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن ‪Driver Encryption Key‬‬ ‫‪Driver Encryption‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪ Key‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪.TWAIN‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ"‬
‫" ‪Specifying Login Information in the‬‬
‫‪ ،"Printer Driver‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ" " ‪Specifying‬‬
‫‪Access Privileges for Documents‬‬
‫‪ ،"Stored in Document Server‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫إﻋﺪاد "‪ "Driver Encryption Key‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫] ‪Machine Features‬‬ ‫]‪[Settings‬‬
‫‪[System Settings] [Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Administrator Tools‬‬
‫]‪.[Extended Security‬‬

‫أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ has failed.‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ B/W/L0206-002‬ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪400‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم إﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫] ‪Application‬‬
‫‪Authentication‬‬
‫‪.[Management‬‬

‫أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ":" "Authentication‬أو ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل‬

‫ﻣﺮور ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم إذا‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻛﺎن ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ أو "‪":‬‬
‫أو أﺣﺮف أﺧﺮى ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬
‫"‪ has failed.‬ﺣﺮف آﺧﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪ B/W/L0206-003‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ اﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪Web‬‬

‫"‪ Image Monitor has failed.‬أو‬
‫‪ B/W/L0207-001‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫أو إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪401‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺤﺴﺎب ﻷن اﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ‬ ‫‪"Authentication‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎب‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪد ﻣﺤﺎوﻻت‬ ‫"‪has failed.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬ ‫‪B/W/L0208-000‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﺷﻠﺔ ﺗﺠﺎوزت‬ ‫‪B/W/L0208-002‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻻﺣﻘﴼ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪Web‬‬

‫"‪ Image Monitor has failed.‬أو‬
‫‪ L0307-001‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫أو إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺨﺎدم ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻌﺬّرت ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬

‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ Kerberos has failed.‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫‪ W0400-102‬ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎدم‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻻﺣﻘﴼ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬اﻟﻤﻮارد اﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬

‫"‪ has failed.‬ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻃﻠﺒﺎت‬
‫‪ W0400-200‬اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮة‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪402‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ‪ UserPrincipalName‬ﻛﺎﺳﻢ‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬ ‫"‪sAMAccountName has failed.‬‬
‫‪ W0400-202‬ﻛﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺠﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎل‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎق‬
‫رﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪-‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‪،‬‬
‫وﻓﺸﻞ ‪.ldap_bind‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ إﻋﺪادات ‪SSL‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ إﻋﺪادات‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ SSL‬اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻓﻲ‬
‫واﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬
‫واﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬

‫‪ "Authentication‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫"‪ has failed.‬اﺳﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ]‪ [Login Name Attribute‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ L0400-210‬أو ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ راﺟﻊ "اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ )ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم(" " ‪Verifying Users to‬‬
‫‪Operate the Machine (User‬‬
‫)‪ ،"Authentication‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪403‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ":" "Authentication‬أو ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل‬

‫ﻣﺮور ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ has failed.‬أﺣﺮف أﺧﺮى ﻻ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم إذا‬ ‫‪ W/L0406-003‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﻛﺎن ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ أو "‪":‬‬ ‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫أو أﺣﺮف أﺧﺮى ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻻﺣﻘﴼ‪ .‬إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺣﺪﺛﺖ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬

‫"‪ has failed.‬ﻃﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻬﺠﻮم ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ W0406-101‬وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻬﺠﻮم‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﺠﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم أو ﻓﻲ إﺷﻌﺎر اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤًﺎ وﻣﺎ‬ ‫"‪ has failed.‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات ‪DC‬‬ ‫‪ W0406-107‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪1*.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰاﻣﻨﺔ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‬ ‫ﻓﺸﻞ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪KDC‬‬ ‫‪.Kerberos‬‬
‫)ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ( وﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪3*.‬‬

‫‪404‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺸﺎء اﺗﺼﺎل أدﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻟﻠﺨﺎدم ﻓﻲ‬

‫] ‪Machine Features‬‬ ‫]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺎدم اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪[System Settings] [Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Interface Settings‬‬
‫]‪ [Ping Command‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ إﻧﺸﺎء اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎدم‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن اﺳﻢ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق ﻏﻴﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤًﺎ وﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ أو ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﻞ اﻻﺳﻢ‪2*.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم و‪/‬أو ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﺎدم‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻻﺣﻘﴼ‪ .‬إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺣﺪﺛﺖ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬

‫"‪ has failed.‬ﻃﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻬﺠﻮم ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ L0406-200‬وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻬﺠﻮم‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺳﺠﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم أو ﻓﻲ إﺷﻌﺎر اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‪.‬‬

‫‪405‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ "‪ "Authentication‬ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪاد‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [Off‬ﻓﻲ‬

‫] ‪Machine‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ]‪ [Off‬ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫"‪ has failed.‬إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬
‫] ‪System‬‬ ‫‪[Features Settings‬‬ ‫‪ L0406-201‬ﻟﺨﺎدم ‪.LDAP‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫‪[Settings‬‬
‫]‪Program‬‬ ‫]‪[Administrator Tools‬‬
‫‪.[Change / Delete LDAP Server /‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ إﻋﺪادات ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫إﻋﺪادات ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪"Authentication‬‬

‫‪ LDAP‬أو إﻋﺪادات ﺧﺎدم ‪LDAP‬‬ ‫‪ LDAP‬أو إﻋﺪادات‬ ‫"‪has failed.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪4*.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎدم ‪ LDAP‬ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪L0406-202‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ إﻋﺪادات ‪SSL‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪L0406-203‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎدم ‪.LDAP‬‬

‫أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور‬ ‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم أو‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إذا‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 128‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ أو ﻳﺤﺘﻮي‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ أو "‪ ":‬أو أي ﺣﺮف آﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ اﺳﻢ اﻟﺨﺎدم واﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺿﻊ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل وﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺒﺴﻄﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮور واﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ أﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺸﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ DN‬اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪406‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰاﻣﻨﺔ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﻓﺸﻞ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪KDC‬‬ ‫"‪.Kerberos has failed.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ( وﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪L0406-204‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪3*.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ واﻟﺨﺎدم‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎك‬

‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ has failed.‬اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم‬
‫‪ W/L0409-000‬اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪ ،‬وﺣﺪث‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪407‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﻗﺪم اﻟﻤﻜﺮر‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪"Authentication‬‬

‫أو ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﺳﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪ ،‬اﺣﺬف‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﺎدم اﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫"‪has failed.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫‪W/L0511-000‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم آﺧﺮ ﻣﻤﻴﺰ ‪‬‬ ‫‪W0517-000‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪة‬
‫ﻟﺨﺎدم اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم "‪ "other‬أو "‪ "admin‬أو‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﻢ‬

‫"‪ "supervisor‬أو "‪ "*HIDE‬ﻓﻲ أﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫"‪ has failed.‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ W/L0606-004‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪه ﻓﻲ اﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪Web‬‬

‫"‪ Image Monitor has failed.‬أو‬
‫‪ W/L0607-001‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫أو إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫اﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺆول اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬وﺻﻞ ﻋﺪد‬

‫ﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌﺪ‬ ‫"‪ has failed.‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ W/L0612-005‬اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫اﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬وﻓﺸﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪408‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪Web‬‬

‫"‪ Image Monitor has failed.‬أو‬
‫‪ W/L0707-001‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫أو إﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻫﻮ‬
‫‪) sAMAccountName‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم(‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪UserPrincipalName‬‬
‫)‪ (user@domain.xxx.co.jp‬ﻛﺎﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا اﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﺪدًا ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ "‪ "Group‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Machine Features Settings] [Settings‬‬
‫] ‪User‬‬ ‫]‪ [System Settings‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Administrator Tools‬‬
‫‪.[Windows Auth.] [Authentication Management‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ ،‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Edit‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ إﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫] ‪User‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[User Management / Others‬‬
‫‪.[Available Functions / Applications] [Management‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن "اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ" ﻣﺤﺪدًا ﻛﻨﻄﺎق ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ ،DC‬وﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻓﻲ‬
‫"اﻷﻣﺎن"‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺤﺴﺎب ﻣﺴﺠﻼ ً ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إﻧﺸﺎؤﻫﺎ‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟﻮد أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،DC‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺛﻘﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ وﺣﺪات ‪.DC‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻟﺤﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [Domain Name‬و]‪ [DNS Configuration‬أو ] ‪WINS‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫]‪[Machine Features Settings‬‬ ‫‪ [Configuration‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪.[Interface Settings‬‬ ‫]‪[System Settings‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Domain Name‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎن ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪409‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ ،IP‬راﺟﻊ ]‪[DNS Configuration‬‬
‫أو ]‪ [WINS Configuration‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ LM/NTLM‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ أﻣﺎن وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻄﺎق أو ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫أﻣﺎن اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ أﻳﻀًﺎ أن اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫ووﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻄﺎق أو ﻓﻲ إﻋﺪادات ﺟﺪار اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﺪار ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ ،Windows‬أﻧﺸﺊ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ﺟﺪﻳﺪة ﺗﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪ 137‬واﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪ 139‬ﻓﻲ "‪ "Advanced‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪار ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ .Windows‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد ﺧﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر "‪ "Enable NetBIOS Over TCP/IP‬ﻓﻲ ]‪ [Advanced‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪ ،[WINS‬واﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪.137‬‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪ ،Kerberos‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ "‪"Realm Name‬و"‪"KDC Server Name‬و "‪"Domain Name‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫] ‪System‬‬ ‫]‪[Machine Features Settings‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫] ‪Program / Change /‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Administrator Tools‬‬ ‫‪[Settings‬‬
‫‪ .[Delete Realm‬أدﺧﻞ "‪ "Realm Name‬ﺑﺄﺣﺮف ﻛﺒﻴﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻔﺮق ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت ﻓﻲ ‪ KDC‬واﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﻗﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫] ‪Machine‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻤﺲ دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Timer Settings‬‬ ‫]‪[System Settings‬‬ ‫‪[Features Settings‬‬
‫]‪.[Set Time‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺸﻞ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ‪ Kerberos‬إذا ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ KDC‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .Windows‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ اﻻﺳﺘﺮداد اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻴﺪوي‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﻹﻋﺪادات ‪ ،LDAP‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫] ‪Machine‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺎدم ‪ LDAP‬ﻣﺤﺪدًا ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ] ‪Administrator‬‬ ‫]‪[System Settings‬‬ ‫‪[Features Settings‬‬
‫]‪ [.LDAP Auth‬وﺳﻤﺔ‬ ‫]‪[User Authentication Management‬‬ ‫‪[Tools‬‬
‫اﺳﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫" ‪Kerberos‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺴﺎب اﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ "‪"Authentication‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫]‪[Machine Features Settings‬‬ ‫‪ "Authentication‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫] ‪Program /‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ]‪[Administrator Tools‬‬ ‫]‪[System Settings‬‬

‫‪410‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
‫‪ ،[Change / Delete LDAP Server‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻔّﺬ ]‪.[Connection Test‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺧﺎدم ‪ ،"Programming the LDAP Server" "LDAP‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻓﺸﻞ اﺧﺘﺒﺎر اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [Domain Name‬و] ‪DNS‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ [Configuration‬أو ]‪ [WINS Configuration‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ]‪[Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫]‪[System Settings‬‬ ‫]‪[Machine Features Settings‬‬
‫]‪.[Interface Settings‬‬

‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ داﺋﺮة ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ )‪(IC‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ "Authentication has‬ﺗﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫"‪ failed.‬ﻷن ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺮات‬
‫‪ *0150-401‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل رﻣﺰ‬
‫‪ PIN‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ "Authentication has‬ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل رﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬أدﺧﻞ رﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫"‪ failed.‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪*0151-401‬‬

‫‪411‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ "Authentication has‬ﺗﻤﺖ إزاﻟﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز‬

‫"‪ failed.‬ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ إﻟﻰ واﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪ *0153-402‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫‪ USB2.0‬اﻟﻨﻮع ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻳﺴﺮ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪ "Authentication has‬ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﻗﺮاءة‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫"‪ failed.‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل‪.‬‬ ‫‪ *0154-402‬اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪ "Authentication has‬ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻢ‬

‫وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪ failed.‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ *0156-401‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ أو ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮور ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺖ إزاﻟﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫‪"The card‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ أو ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫‪authentication‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ إﻟﻰ واﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‬ ‫‪device is not‬‬
‫‪ USB2.0‬اﻟﻨﻮع ‪ A‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪connected.‬‬
‫اﻷﻳﺴﺮ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪوث ﻋﻄﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 10‬ﺛﻮانٍ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻧﻄﻔﺎء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 11‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"‬

‫‪412‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

LDAP ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺎدم‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

.‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‬ .‫" اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﺔ‬Connection with

LDAP server has
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﻋﺪاد‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
failed. Check the
Machine Features ] [Settings] .‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
server status."
[System Settings] [Settings
Administrator ] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
Program / Change / ] [Tools
.[Delete LDAP Server
"LDAP ‫راﺟﻊ "ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺧﺎدم‬
Programming the LDAP "
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬،"Server
.‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬

.‫ﺣﺎول ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‬ .‫" اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﺔ‬Exceeded time

limit for LDAP
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﻋﺪاد‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
server search.
Machine Features ] [Settings] .‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬
Check the server
[System Settings] [Settings
status."
Administrator ] ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
Program / Change / ] [Tools
.[Delete LDAP Server
"LDAP ‫راﺟﻊ "ﺑﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺧﺎدم‬
Programming the LDAP "
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬،"Server
.‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬

413
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪"LDAP server‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ أو ﻛﻠﻤﺔ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[Edit‬وﺣﺪد اﺳﻢ‬ ‫‪authentication has‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮور‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪failed. Check the‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ] ‪User‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫"‪settings.‬‬
‫] ‪User‬‬ ‫‪[Management / Others‬‬
‫] ‪LDAP‬‬ ‫‪[Management‬‬
‫‪.[Authentication Info‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ دﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ وﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل" " ‪Registering a User in‬‬
‫‪the Address Book and‬‬
‫‪Specifying the Login‬‬
‫‪ ،"Information‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻬﺎدة‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﻬﺎدة ﺟﻬﺎز ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬ ‫‪"XXX because the‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ‪.S/MIME‬‬ ‫‪device certificate‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ"‬ ‫‪ S/MIME‬ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪used for the‬‬
‫" ‪Encrypting Network‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪S/MIME signature‬‬
‫‪ ،"Communication‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪is not currently‬‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫"‪valid.‬‬
‫)اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ً ﻣﻦ ‪(XXX‬‬

‫‪414‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

"XXX because
there is a problem
with the Digital
Signature's device
certificate. Check
the device
certificate."
‫)اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‬
(XXX ‫ﺑﺪﻻ ً ﻣﻦ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺷﻬﺎدة ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ "XXX because the

‫ أو‬PDF ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ Digital Signature's
.PDF/A PDF ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ device certificate is
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ‬ ‫ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬PDF/A ‫أو‬ not currently valid."
"‫ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪاد اﻷﻣﺎن‬PDF .‫ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‬ ‫)اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‬
Scanning an Original as a PDF " (XXX ‫ﺑﺪﻻ ً ﻣﻦ‬

415
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ "XXX because

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ‬ there is a problem
PDF ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ with the device
‫ ﻣﻔﻘﻮدة‬PDF/A ‫أو‬ certificate used for
.‫أو ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‬ the S/MIME
signature. Check
the device
certificate."
‫)اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‬
(XXX ‫ﺑﺪﻻ ً ﻣﻦ‬

.‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﻬﺎدة ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‬ ‫" اﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ‬The destination

"‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
Encrypting Network "
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬،"Communication
.(‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬cannot be selected
.(‫ )ﺷﻬﺎدة اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬because its
encryption
certificate is not
currently valid."

"The group
destination cannot
be selected
because it contains
a destination with
an encryption
certificate that is
not currently valid."

416
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

"Transmission
cannot be
performed because
the encryption
certificate is not
currently valid."

‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﺎدم‬  ‫" ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻏﻴﺮ‬A server error has
.[Information] ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬occurred."
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ إﻋﺪادات‬  .‫اﻟﺨﺎدم‬
DNS ]) ‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫" ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬Cannot connect to
Proxy ] ،[Configuration
.‫ ﺑﺨﺎدم اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬server which
‫[( ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬Settings
installs
.‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
applications. Check
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
maintenance
Installing an " "‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت‬
information on
Application from Application
Information screen
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬،"Site
or network
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
settings."
‫اﻹﻧﺠﻠ ﺰ ﺔ‬

417
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

"Could not update

the firmware."

"Failed to
download the
application"

"Failed to install the

application
because an error
has occurred."

.‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺮداد اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬ ‫" ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬Could not restore
‫ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ‬the firmware
.‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬because the
required data does
not exist."

Web Image ‫ ﺳﺠّﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ‬.‫ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬JavaVM "JavaTM Platform

‫ وﻗﻢ‬،‫ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‬Monitor has not been
"JavaTM Platform" ‫ﺑﺒﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ started. Install the
[Device Management] ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل‬ application after
Extended ] [Configuration] JavaTM Platform
Startup ] [Feature Settings has been started
.[Start Up/Stop] [Setting from Web Image
Monitor."

‫اﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺨﺎدم ﻓﻲ‬ ‫" ﺣﺪث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ‬The specified
.[Information] .‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬page cannot be
found."

418
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫اﺣﺬف اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻀﺮورﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪"There is‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪insufficient space‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫‪to store internally,‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪delete any‬‬
‫‪unnecessary‬‬
‫"‪applications.‬‬

‫‪419‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﺤﺸﺮ اﻟﻮرق أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫أﺧﺮج اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮرة ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮك‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮوض ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث اﻧﺤﺸﺎر ﻟﻠﻮرق ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرق واﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ ]‪.[Tray Paper Settings‬‬
‫اﺣﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻤﺰﻳﻖ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر وﺗﺮك ﻗﻄﻊ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﻣﻨﻪ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ إﺧﺮاﺟﻪ‪ .‬أﻣﺴﻚ اﻟﺤﻮاف اﻟﻴﺴﺮى واﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻮرﻗﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم وﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﻘﻮة‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎوي ﻟﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎك أﺟﺰاء ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪ ،‬ﻻ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ أﺧﺮى ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ إن‬
‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺣﺮوق‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻮرق أو إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺣﺸﺮ أو‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺎﺑﺔ أﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻮرق أو إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪ ،‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ وﻗﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬه اﻟﻤﻬﺎم ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ درج ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪة‪.‬‬

‫أﻏﻠﻖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ أدراج اﻟﻮرق ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻹﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‪.‬‬

‫‪420‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮك‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆدي ﻋﺪم اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺪﻫﻮر ﺟﻮدة اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ أو ﺣﺪوث ﻋﻄﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮك ﻹﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬أﻏﻠﻖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﺗﻤﺰق اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر أﺛﻨﺎء إﺧﺮاﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إزاﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﺰﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا أﺻﺒﺢ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﺤﺎﺻﺮًا ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺪرج واﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪ ،‬اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﺪرج ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻢ أﺧﺮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻇﻠﺖ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺘﺢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ ﺛﻢ أﻏﻠﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﻫﻨﺎك أي اﻧﺤﺸﺎر‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ آﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪ 1‬إذا‬
‫اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪث ﻫﺬا‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎك ورق ﻣﺤﺸﻮر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻔﺤﺼﻬﺎ أوﻻ ً‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺮاﺟﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻇﻬﺮت رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق )‪ ،(B‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﺸﻮر‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺑﻜﺮة اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪421‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ أو اﻟﺬي اﻧﺤﺸﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ أﺟﺰاء اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻻﺣﻈﺖ اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق ﻋﻠﻰ وﺷﻚ اﻟﺤﺪوث ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [Stop‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺣﺪوث اﻧﺤﺸﺎر اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻮرق ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وأن اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ ] ‪Tray Paper‬‬
‫‪ [Settings‬ﻣﺤﺪدة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬

‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ إذا ﻛﺎن ذﻟﻚ ﺳﺎرﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻷوراق ﺟﻴﺪًا ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت‬

‫اﻷوراق ﻣﻠﺘﺼﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ؟‬

‫‪422‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ إذا ﻛﺎن ذﻟﻚ ﺳﺎرﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ‬

‫اﻓﺮد اﻟﻮرق ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻌﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﺠﻌﺪ؟‬
‫اﻟﺪرج‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺟﻴﺪًا واﻗﻠﺐ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺠﻌﺪ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻮرق أﻓﻘﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺛﻨﻴﺎت أو ﺗﺠﺎﻋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻣﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ أو‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫وﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﻮي أو‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺳﺨﺔ أو ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ أﺧﺮى أو ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻌﺪ؟‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺑﺨﻼف اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺟﺎف‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫وﻟﻴﺲ رﻃﺒًﺎ؟‬
‫‪ .٪70‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ ﻛﻴﺲ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻹﺑﻘﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻓًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻘﻄْﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺴﺎو‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻜﺎن‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎه ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻮاﺟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻘﻄْﻊ اﺗﺠﺎﻫًﺎ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻮرق أﻣﻠﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪ ،‬اﻗﻠﺐ‬ ‫وﻧﻈﻴﻒ؟‬
‫اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﺳﻤﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ؟‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 248‬أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬ ‫ﻫﻞ اﻟﻮرق رﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ؟‬

‫‪423‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ إذا ﻛﺎن ذﻟﻚ ﺳﺎرﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ‬

‫أو‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق أﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي )‬ ‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫( ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪد ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺟﺪًا ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻷوراق؟‬

‫اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ أو اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺠﻮة ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ واﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﻤّﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﻴﺮة ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرج‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫واﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺤﻮاﺟﺰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ درج ﻣﺼﺪر‬
‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺨﺎص‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻃﺎر اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰي‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮرق؟‬

‫ادﻓﻊ درج اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺒﻂء إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﺗﻢ دﻓﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﺪرج ﺑﻘﻮة‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺤﺮك اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ً‪.‬‬

‫‪424‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ إذا ﻛﺎن ذﻟﻚ ﺳﺎرﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ‬

‫اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻻ ﻳﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ اﻟﺪرج‬ ‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ واﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺤﻤّﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﻮرق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ اﻷﻳﺴﺮ واﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ؟‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪرج ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ورق ﺑﺤﺠﻢ أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ A4‬أو ‪× 2/81‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،11‬اﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺮة‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 237‬ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻮرق"‬
‫إﻋﺪادات درج اﻟﻮرق‬

‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻮاﺟﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻞ إذا ﻛﺎن ذﻟﻚ ﺳﺎرﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺪد إﻋﺪادًا ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫"‪ ."Paper Size‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ( ) [Home‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻮرق واﻹﻋﺪاد ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬ ‫] ‪Tray‬‬ ‫]‪[Settings‬‬
‫‪[Paper Settings‬؟‬

‫‪425‬‬
 ‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﮭﺎ‬

‫‪426‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮدﻳﻞ‬

‫ﻳﺸﺮح ﻫﺬا اﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺎزك‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎه‪ .‬وﻳﺤﺘﻮي‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﺬا‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮاءة ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬا اﻗﺮأ أﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫)أوروﺑﺎ وآﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬا ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن ﻣﻮدﻳﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪:A‬‬
‫‪CODE XXXX -27, -29‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 240–220 ‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬا ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أن ﻣﻮدﻳﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪:B‬‬
‫‪CODE XXXX -17‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 127–120‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪427‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺗﻲ اﻟﻘﻴﺎس‪ :‬وإذا ﻛﺎن ﻣﻮدﻳﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪ ،A‬ﻓﺮاﺟﻊ اﻟﻮﺣﺪات اﻟﻤﺘﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬أﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ‪ ،B‬ﻓﺮاﺟﻊ اﻟﻮﺣﺪات ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻮﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮدﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ "‪ "A‬وﻛﺎن اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)أوروﺑﺎ‬ ‫"‪ "CODE XXXX -27‬ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ "‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ(" أﻳﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮدﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ "‪ "A‬وﻛﺎن اﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)آﺳﻴﺎ‬ ‫"‪ "CODE XXXX -29‬ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ "‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ(" أﻳﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪428‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬

‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺗﺮاﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮاﻣﺠﻬﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﻤﺼﺎدر‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺘﺮاﺧﻴﺺ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻟﻼﻃﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر واﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط‪ ،‬اﻋﺘﻤﺎدًا ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎرات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ وإﺻﺪارات اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬

‫‪ 2‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬

‫‪ 320‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺸﻌﺎع اﻟﻠﻴﺰر واﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮاﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻧﻮع ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج اﻷﺻﻠﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺎدي‪ 60 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫وﻗﺖ اﻹﺣﻤﺎء‬

‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪ 25 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪ 23‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ 73.4‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪ ،‬اﻟﺠﻬﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺪر(‬

‫‪429‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪ 6.7‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬

‫) ‪ ،11 × 2/81 ،A4‬اﻟﺪرج ‪ ،1‬ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج(‬

‫‪ 3.8 :IM 550F‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬

‫‪ 3.7 :IM 600F/IM 600SRF ‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ،11 × 2/81 ،A4‬اﻟﺪرج ‪(1‬‬

‫‪IM 550F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪/‬اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ 55 ،A4‬ورﻗﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)ﻟﻜﻞ دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‬
‫‪ 57 ،11 × 2/81‬ورﻗﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪IM 600F/IM 600SRF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 60 ،A4‬ورﻗﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 62 ،14 × 2/81‬ورﻗﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)أوروﺑﺎ وآﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬

‫‪A4‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪× 81/2‬‬

‫‪430‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻤﻮدي‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 216‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ .2‬أﻓﻘﻲ‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 356‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 14.0‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪(ADF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻋﻤﻮدي‪ 105 :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 216‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 4.2‬إﻟﻰ‬

‫‪ 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫‪ .2‬أﻓﻘﻲ‪ 148 :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ 356‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 5.9‬إﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ 14.0‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫ورﻗﺔ‪ ،‬وﻛﺘﺎب‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪431‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺪرج ‪ ،1‬اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 248‬أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪A4 , A5 , B5 JIS ,‬‬ ‫‪81/‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪× 14 ,‬‬ ‫‪81/2‬‬ ‫‪× 13 ,‬‬
‫‪81/2 × 11 , 81/4 × 14 , 81/4 × 13 , 8 × 13 ,‬‬
‫‪8 × 10 , 71/4 × 101/2 , 51/2 × 81/2 , 16K ,‬‬
‫‪81/2 × 132/5‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ )ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ(‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي‪ 356.0 - 210.0 :‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫)‪ 14.01-8.27‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫أﻓﻘﻲ‪ 216.0-139.7 :‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 8.50 - 5.50‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫اﻟﺪرج ‪ ،1‬اﻟﺪرج اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫وزن اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 248‬أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 120–64‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 17‬رﻃﻼ ً ‪ -‬ﻏﻼف‬
‫‪ 44‬رﻃﻼ ً( *‪1‬‬

‫‪432‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮدة )اﻟﻨﺴﺦ(‬

‫اﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ 2.5 ± 4.0 :‬ﻣﻢ )‪± 0.16‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫‪ 0.10‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ 4.0‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 0.16‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻴﺴﺮى‪ 2.5 ± 4.0 :‬ﻣﻢ )‪± 0.16‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪ 0.10‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ 4.0‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 0.16‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫)أوروﺑﺎ وآﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻌﺪة‬

‫ﻧﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻌﺪة ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ )‪:(%‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪141 ,200 :‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪100 :‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪50 ,71 ,93 :‬‬
‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺐ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻌﺪة ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ )‪:(%‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪129 ,155 :‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪100 :‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪65 ,78 ,93 :‬‬

‫‪433‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ‪ %400-25‬ﺑﺰﻳﺎدات ‪%1‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ )اﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬

‫واﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ(‬

‫‪ 600 × 600‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻗﺔ )اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪ 600 × 600‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻗﺔ )اﻟﻨﺴﺦ(‬

‫‪ 256‬درﺟﺔ ﻟﻮن‬ ‫درﺟﺎت اﻷﻟﻮان‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 248‬أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻮرق )‪ 80‬ج‪/‬م‪،2‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 20‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬

‫‪ 999-1‬ورﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ‬

‫)أوروﺑﺎ وآﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫‪ 240–220‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 6 ،‬أﻣﺒﻴﺮ‪ 60/50 ،‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫‪ 127–120‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 11.5 ،‬أﻣﺒﻴﺮ‪ 60 ،‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬

‫‪434‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪IM 550F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 88.2 :‬وات‬ ‫)اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ 710 :‬وات‬ ‫)أوروﺑﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ 1500 :‬وات‬ ‫وآﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫‪IM 600F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 88.0 :‬وات‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ 758 :‬وات‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ 1500 :‬وات‬
‫‪IM 600SRF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 93.8 :‬وات‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ 749 :‬وات‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ 1500 :‬وات‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫وﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ‪ 1 :‬وات أو أﻗﻞ‬

‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ 1500 :‬وات أو أﻗﻞ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ وأرﺑﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫وﺣﺪات ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺳﻌﺔ ‪ 500‬ورﻗﺔ وﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫)أوروﺑﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ وذاﻛﺮة ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫وآﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬

‫‪435‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪IM 550F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 87.4 :‬وات‬ ‫)اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ 760 :‬وات‬ ‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ 1500 :‬وات‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫‪IM 600F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 86.7 :‬وات‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ 789 :‬وات‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ 1500 :‬وات‬
‫‪IM 600SRF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 94.1 :‬وات‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ 805 :‬وات‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ 1500 :‬وات‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫وﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ‪ 1 :‬وات أو أﻗﻞ‬

‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ 1500 :‬وات أو أﻗﻞ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ وأرﺑﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫وﺣﺪات ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺳﻌﺔ ‪ 500‬ورﻗﺔ وﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ وذاﻛﺮة ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬

‫‪) IM 550F/IM 600F‬اﻟﻌﺮض × اﻟﻌﻤﻖ × اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰ وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ 645 × 541 × 480‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫)‪ 25.4 × 21.3 × 18.9‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫‪) IM 600SRF‬اﻟﻌﺮض × اﻟﻌﻤﻖ × اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﺣﺪه ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ 740 × 541 × 480‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫)‪ 29.2 × 21.3 × 18.9‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪436‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪IM 550F/IM 600F‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪‬‬

‫‪ 1,420 × 1,200‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 55.9 × 47.2‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( )ﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫)اﻟﻌﺮض × اﻟﻌﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﻲ وأدراج اﻹﺧﺮاج(‬
‫‪IM 600SRF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 1,470 × 1,300‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 57.9 × 51.2‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( )ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ درج اﻟﻮرق اﻟﺠﺎﻧﻲ وأدراج اﻹﺧﺮاج(‬

‫‪IM 550F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻧﺒﻌﺎث اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 30.8 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬ ‫)ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻃﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 68.8 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪IM 600F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 30.3 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 69.6 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫‪IM 600SRF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 30.2 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 69.1 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬

‫‪IM 550F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻧﺒﻌﺎث اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 30.8 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬ ‫)ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻃﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 73.6 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫‪IM 600F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 30.9 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 73.8 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫‪IM 600SRF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 31.0 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 74.5 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬

‫‪437‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪IM 550F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻧﺒﻌﺎث اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 21.3 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬ ‫)ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺼﻮت‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 58.1 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪IM 600F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 20.9 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 59.6 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫‪IM 600SRF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 20.6 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 58.6 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬

‫‪IM 550F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻧﺒﻌﺎث اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 20.5 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬ ‫)ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺼﻮت‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 60.9 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫‪IM 600F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 21.1 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 60.6 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫‪IM 600SRF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪ 21.0 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ 61.5 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪(A‬‬

‫‪438‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫اﻧﺒﻌﺎث اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﻃﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت وﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت ﻫﻤﺎ اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪.ISO 7779‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎس ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻔﺮج‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟـ ‪IM 550F/IM‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 600F/IM 600SRF‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫وأرﺑﻊ وﺣﺪات ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻮرق ﺑﺴﻌﺔ ‪ 500‬ورﻗﺔ‬
‫واﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ذات اﻟﻌﺠﻼت‪.‬‬

‫‪ :IM 550F/IM 600F‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ 28‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮزن‬

‫)‪ 61.8‬رﻃﻞ(‬
‫‪ :IM 600SRF‬ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ 40‬ﻛﺠﻢ )‪ 88.2‬رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﮭﯿﻦ‪/‬اﻟﻜﺘﺎب‪ :‬ﻋﺎدي ‪ ،1‬ﻋﺎدي ‪ ،2‬ورق ﻣﻌﺎد ﺗﺪوﯾﺮه‪ ،‬ورق‬
‫ﺧﺎص ‪ ،1‬ورق ﺧﺎص ‪ ،‬ورق ﺧﺎص ‪ ،3‬ورق ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻤﯿﻚ‪ ،‬ورق ﺳﻤﯿﻚ ‪ ،1‬ورق رﻗﯿﻖ‪ ،‬ورق ﻣﻠﻮن‪،‬‬
‫ورق ﻣﺮوس‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫‪439‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪ 76‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮك‬

‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ 9,000 :‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ )إﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫اﻷﻗﺮاص‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ‪(.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻠﺐ )ﺧﺎدم‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪/‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ‪ 2,000 :A4‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات(‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ 600/A4/‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ اﻟﺒﻮﺻﺔ‪ 1 ،‬ﺑﺖ‪ 2,000 :‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪/‬أﻟﻮان ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ 200/A4/‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪8 ،‬‬
‫ﺑﺖ‪ 2,000 :JPEG/‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫)ﺗﺤﺖ وﺿﻌﻲ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ واﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪد‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫واﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪(.‬‬

‫‪ 3000‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ 2,000 :‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪/‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ‪ 2,000 :A4‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ 600/A4/‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ اﻟﺒﻮﺻﺔ‪ 1 ،‬ﺑﺖ‪ 2,000 :‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﺮز‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬
‫)ﺗﺤﺖ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺮزﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‪(.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ أي ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫آﺧﺮ‪ .‬اﺣﺬف اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻀﺮورﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺬر اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺧﻂ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ أو ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪440‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ LAN‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪BASE-T1000‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫و‪ BASE-TX100‬و‪ .BASE-T10‬ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻃﻮل اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫إرﺳﺎل واﺳﺘﻼم اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫‪G3‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ 3.85 × 8 :‬ﺳﻄﺮ‪/‬ﻣﻢ‪ 100 × 200 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ(‪ 7.7 × 8 ،‬ﺳﻄﺮ‪/‬ﻣﻢ‪،‬‬
‫‪ 200 × 200‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ(‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪ 15.4 × 16 :‬ﺳﻄﺮ‪/‬ﻣﻢ‪ 400 × 400 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف ﻓﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ(*‪1‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ﺛﻮان ﺑﻤﻌﺪل ‪ 28,800‬ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬دﻗﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫وﻗﺖ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫)إرﺳﺎل ‪ :JBIG‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎن(‬
‫‪2*JBIG‬‬ ‫‪،MMR ،MR ،MH‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ A4 :‬أو ‪14 × 2/81‬‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺼﺺ )اﻟﻌﺮض × اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع(‪ 356 × 216 :‬ﻣﻢ )‪8.5‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫× ‪ 14.0‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ 356 × 216‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 14.0 × 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺸﻌﺎع اﻟﻠﻴﺰر واﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮاﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪/ 24000 / 26400 / 28800 / 31200 / 33600‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫‪/ 12000 / 14400 / 16800 / 19200 / 21600‬‬
‫‪ 2400 / 4800 / 7200 / 9600‬ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﻧﻈﺎم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ(‬

‫‪441‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ذاﻛﺮة ﺗﻮﺳﯿﻊ )اﺧﺘﯿﺎرﯾﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫* ‪ 2‬ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ إرﺳﺎل ‪ JBIG‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﻓﺮ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ‪ JBIG‬ووظﺎﺋﻒ ‪ ECM‬ﻓﻲ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﻮﺟﮭﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وظﯿﻔﺔ ‪ ECM‬ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﺒﺮ ﺧﻂ ‪.G3‬‬
‫إرﺳﺎل واﺳﺘﻼم ﻓﺎﻛﺲ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫اﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ )‪(BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T10‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪IEEE‬‬
‫‪802.11a/b/g/n‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ 100 × 200 :‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف‬ ‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ(‪ 7.7 × 8 ،‬ﺳﻄﺮ‪/‬ﻣﻢ‪ 200 × 200 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ(‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪ 400 × 200 :‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪400 × 400 ،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف ﻓﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ(*‪2*1‬‬

‫‪ 210‬ﻣﻢ ) ‪(A4‬‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬

‫اﻻﺻﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻋﺮض‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫اﻹرﺳﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻت‬

‫‪TCP/IP ،SMTP‬‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪TCP/IP ،IMAP4 ،SMTP ،POP3‬‬

‫‪442‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﻓﺮدي‪/‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻷﺟﺰاء‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪MIME‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎذج اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ‪) TIFF-F :‬ﺿﻐﻂ ‪،1*MR ،MH‬‬ ‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫‪(1*MMR‬‬

‫إرﺳﺎل واﺳﺘﻼم اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎز ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎل اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫‪S/MIME‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‬

‫)ﻹﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ(‬

‫اﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ إرﺳﺎل‬

‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ وإرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪ .‬اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻛﺲ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫اﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎف اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ وﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ (TIFF-F (MH‬اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ‬ ‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﺳﺘﻼم‬

‫وﻧﺺ ‪.ASCII‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻛﺲ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫*‪ 2‬ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل ﺑﺄﺣﺮف ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ذاﻛﺮة ﺗﻮﺳﯿﻊ )اﺧﺘﯿﺎرﯾﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫إرﺳﺎل واﺳﺘﻼم ﻓﺎﻛﺲ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )‪(IP-Fax‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫اﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫)‪(BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T10‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪IEEE‬‬
‫‪802.11a/b/g/n‬‬

‫‪443‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ 3.85 × 8 :‬ﺳﻄﺮ‪/‬ﻣﻢ‪ 100 × 200 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ(‪ 7.7 × 8 ،‬ﺳﻄﺮ‪/‬ﻣﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ 200 × 200‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ(‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪ 15.4 × 8 :‬ﺳﻄﺮ‪/‬ﻣﻢ‪15.4 × 16 ،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺮ‪/‬ﻣﻢ‪ 400 × 400 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ(*‪1‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ A4 :‬أو ‪14 × 81/2‬‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺼﺺ )اﻟﻌﺮض × اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع(‪ 356 × 216 :‬ﻣﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫)‪ 14.0 × 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ 356 × 216‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 14.0 × 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﺔ‪ ،TCP ،T.38 :‬اﺗﺼﺎل ‪) SIP ،UDP/IP‬ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫‪H.323 v2 ،(RFC 3261‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪IP-Fax‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺪد ﻋﻨﻮان ‪ IP‬وأرﺳﻞ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ إﻟﻰ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ إرﺳﺎل‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪ IP-Fax‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪IP-Fax‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ أﻳﻀًﺎ إرﺳﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ إﻟﻰ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ‪ G3‬ﻣﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻂ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺑﻮاﺑﺔ ‪.VoIP‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﻼم رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل‬

‫‪ IP-Fax‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪IP-Fax‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ أﻳﻀًﺎ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ‪G3‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺑﻮاﺑﺔ ‪.VoIP‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل ﺑﺄﺣﺮف ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ وﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ذاﻛﺮة ﺗﻮﺳﯿﻊ )اﺧﺘﯿﺎرﯾﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪة‬

‫‪444‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪InnovaPhone VoIP-Gateway IP305‬‬ ‫‪) Gateway‬ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪‬‬

‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‪ :‬اﻹﺻﻼح اﻟﻌﺎﺟﻞ اﻹﺻﺪار ‪7‬‬ ‫‪(T.38‬‬
‫)‪(70300.17-09‬‬
‫‪) Cisco VoIP-Gateway‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪(H.323‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪IOS12.3 (5) :‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪Cisco2600XM, 3725, :‬‬
‫‪847-4V, 26xx, 36xx, 37xx, 7200, AS5300,‬‬
‫‪ICS 7750‬‬
‫‪) Siemens VoIP-Gateway RG8300‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪(H.323‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ :‬اﻹﺻﺪار ‪5‬‬
‫‪) Alcatel VX1200‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪(SIP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪v69 4.4.4 :‬‬
‫‪) FaxBack FMIS‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪(SIP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪8.6.5250.761 :‬‬
‫‪) NEC Sphericall‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪(SIP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪6.0 :‬‬

‫‪InnovaPhone VoIP-Gateway IP305‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Gatekeeper‬‬

‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‪ :‬اﻹﺻﻼح اﻟﻌﺎﺟﻞ اﻹﺻﺪار ‪7‬‬
‫)‪(70300.17-09‬‬
‫‪Cisco Gatekeeper‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪IOS12.1 (2) T :‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪Cisco2600XM, 3620, :‬‬
‫‪3640, 3660, 3725, 3745, 7200, 7400‬‬

‫‪445‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﺧﺎدم وﻛﻴﻞ ‪Cisco SIP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎدم ‪SIP‬‬

‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ :‬اﻹﺻﺪار ‪2.0‬‬
‫‪Cisco VoIP-Gateway‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪IOS12.3 (17) a :‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪Cisco3725 (256Mbyte :‬‬
‫‪ 128) RAM), Cisco2621XM‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ‪(RAM‬‬
‫‪Cisco unified CallManager‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪Ver10.5.2 :‬‬
‫‪InnovaPhone VoIP-Gateway IP305‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ‪ :‬اﻹﺻﻼح اﻟﻌﺎﺟﻞ اﻹﺻﺪار ‪7‬‬
‫)‪(70300.17-09‬‬
‫‪) Siemens HiPath8000‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪(H.323‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪Voice redundant v4 :‬‬
‫‪) Alcatel OXE 4.1.503‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪(SIP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪4.1.503 :‬‬
‫‪) FaxBack FMIS‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪(SIP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪8.6.5250.761 :‬‬
‫‪) NEC Sphericall‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪(SIP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪6.0 :‬‬
‫‪) AVAYA PBX‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪(SIP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪5.2.1 :‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﺪة ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ،IPv6‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﻮان واﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ اﺳﺘﻼم ﻓﺎﻛﺲ إﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )‪.(IP-fax‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ SIP‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪ IPv4‬أو ‪ IPv6‬وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮزع اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪446‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬
‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ وإرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ )ﻓﺎﻛﺲ )ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻲ( ﻓﻘﻂ(‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫اﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ )‪(BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T10‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪IEEE‬‬
‫‪802.11a/b/g/n‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ 100 × 200 :‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف‬ ‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ(*‪ 200 × 200 ،1‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ(‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪ 400 × 200 :‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪400 × 400 ،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )ﺣﺮف ﻓﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ(*‪2‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪ A4 :‬أو ‪14 × 2/81‬‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺼﺺ )اﻟﻌﺮض × اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع(‪ 356 × 216 :‬ﻣﻢ )‪× 8.5‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‪ 14.0‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ 356 × 216‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 14.0 × 8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬

‫ﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ )اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫× اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع(‬

‫‪TCP/IP ،SMTP‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻت إرﺳﺎل‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫‪TCP/IP ،FTP ،SMB‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻت إرﺳﺎل‬

‫اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات‬

‫‪447‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻓﺮدي‪/‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻷﺟﺰاء‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪MIME‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬

‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫‪) TIFF‬ﺿﻐﻂ ‪PDF/A ،PDF ،(MMR ،MR ،MH‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ PDF‬أو ‪ PDF/A‬ﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إرﻓﺎق‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ رﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ POP ،SMTP-AUTH‬ﻗﺒﻞ ‪A-POP ،SMTP‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮق اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬

‫‪S/MIME‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻮل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات إﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬ ‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ إرﺳﺎل‬

‫وإرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺳﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ أو ﻣﺠﻠﺪات ﺧﺎدم ‪.FTP‬‬ ‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺘﻨﺴﯿﻖ ‪.TIFF‬‬

‫*‪ 2‬ﻟﻺرﺳﺎل ﺑﺄﺣﺮف ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ وﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ذاﻛﺮة ﺗﻮﺳﯿﻊ )اﺧﺘﯿﺎرﯾﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻼم اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫اﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ )‪(BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T10‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n‬‬

‫‪448‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻت اﺳﺘﻼم ‪TCP/IP ،IMAP4 ،SMTP ،POP3‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫)اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‬

‫ﻓﺮدي‪/‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻷﺟﺰاء‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪MIME‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬

‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫‪PDF ،(JPEG (JFIF‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬

‫)اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‬

‫‪ POP ،SMTP-AUTH‬ﻗﺒﻞ ‪A-POP ،SMTP‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮق اﻟﻤﺼﺎدﻗﺔ‬

‫‪S/MIME‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺗﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ وﺗُﺨﺮج ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ‪ JPEG‬و‪ PDF‬اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ‬ ‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﺳﺘﻼم‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ LAN‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪BASE-T1000‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫و‪ BASE-TX100‬و‪ .BASE-T10‬ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻃﻮل اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪449‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪IM 550F‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ 55 ،A4‬ورﻗﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 57 ،11 × 81/2‬ورﻗﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪IM 600F/IM 600SRF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ A4 ، 60 ‬ورﻗﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ 62 ،11 × 81/2 ‬ورﻗﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫) ‪ ،11 × 81/2 ،A4‬ورق ﻋﺎدي(‬

‫‪ 300 × 300‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ 600 × 600 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ 1200 × 1200 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫‪PJL, RPCS, PCL 5e/XL, IRIPS PS3, IRIPS PDF‬‬
‫)‪Direct, MediaPrint (JPEG, TIFF‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪PostScript 3, PDF Direct, IPDS, XPS‬‬

‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‬

‫اﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ )‪(BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T10‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪) USB2.0‬اﻟﻨﻮع ‪(B‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪) USB2.0‬اﻟﻨﻮع ‪) (A‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ(‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪) SD‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ(‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺘﻮازﻳﺔ ‪IEEE 1284‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬

‫‪(IPv6 ،IPv4) TCP/IP‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫‪450‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫واﺟﻬﺔ ‪USB‬‬

‫‪ USB 2.0‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB 2.0‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬

‫‪Windows 7/8.1/10‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

‫‪Windows Server 2008/2008 R2/2012/2012‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪R2/2016/2019‬‬
‫‪ OSX 10.11‬أو أﺣﺪث‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻀﺎﻫﺎة ‪ 93 :PCL 5e/6 ،PostScript 3‬ﺧﻄًﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮط‬

‫‪ 136 :PDF‬ﺧﻄًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻀﺎﻫﺎة ‪ 93 :PDF‬ﺧﻄًﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 136 :Genuine Adobe PostScript 3‬ﺧﻄًﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 108 :IPDS‬ﺧﻄًﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﺪد اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﺪد‬ ‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬

‫اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 100‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪2,000‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺪد اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت ﻛﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 9,000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺒﻠﻎ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ أﺑﻄﺄ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫‪451‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ LAN‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪BASE-T1000‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫و‪ BASE-TX100‬و‪ .BASE-T10‬ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻃﻮل اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻮع‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬

‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺻﻮر ‪CCD‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ اﻟﺼﻮر ‪‬‬

‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ )‪:(ADF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺻﻮر ‪CCD‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪CIS :‬‬

‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ورﻗﺔ‪ ،‬وﻛﺘﺎب‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬

‫اﻟﻄﻮل‪ 216-10 :‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 0.4-8.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫أﺣﺠﺎم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬

‫اﻟﻌﺮض‪ 356–10 :‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 14.0–0.4‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ‬

‫‪452‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪:A4‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬

‫‪ 60‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ )أﺳﻮد وأﺑﻴﺾ(‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫‪ 40‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ )ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫‪:11 × 81/2 ‬‬
‫‪ 62‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ )أﺳﻮد وأﺑﻴﺾ(‬
‫‪ 42‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪/‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ )ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ )ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،A4 /81/2 × 11 :‬اﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ 300 :‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ واﺣﺪ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﺳﻮد وأﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ :‬أﺑﻴﺾ و أﺳﻮد‪ :‬ﻧﺺ‪/‬ﺻﻮرة‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ )أﺑﻴﺾ وأﺳﻮد(‪ :‬اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ‪ MMR, ITU-T‬رﻗﻢ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻟﻮان ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ :‬أﻟﻮان ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﻧﺺ‪/‬ﺻﻮرة‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ )ﺗﺪرج اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي ‪ /‬أﻟﻮان ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪ :‬اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻲ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫واﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ وإﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ وﻣﺤﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺑﻴﺾ واﺳﻮد‪ 2 :‬درﺟﺔ أﻟﻮان‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫درﺟﺎت اﻷﻟﻮان‬

‫أﻟﻮان ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ /‬ﺗﺪرج اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي‪ 256 :‬درﺟﺔ ﻟﻮن‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫دﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪ 200‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬

‫اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪453‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪(JBIG2 ،MMR ،MR ،MH) TIFF‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬

‫ﻟﻸﺑﻴﺾ واﻷﺳﻮد‬
‫)ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪JPEG‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺼﻮرة‬

‫ﻟﺘﺪرج اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي‪/‬أﻟﻮان‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‬

‫اﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ )‪(BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T10‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪) USB2.0‬اﻟﻨﻮع ‪) (A‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ(‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪) SD‬ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ(‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n‬‬

‫‪TCP/IP‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪WSD‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮم*‪1‬‬ ‫‪DSM‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮظﯿﻔﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ )ﻛﻼﺳﯿﻜﻲ(‪.‬‬

‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪ 100‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ 200 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪300 ،‬‬ ‫دﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ 400 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ 600 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬

‫‪454‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪SMTP‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل*‪1‬‬

‫‪ ،PDF ،JPEG ،TIFF‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﺎلٍ ‪PDF/A ،PDF‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻹﺧﺮاج‬

‫*‪ 1‬دﻋﻢ إرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﯾﺪ اﻟﻮﯾﺐ‬

‫*‪ 2‬دﻋﻢ ‪ SMTP‬ﻋﺒﺮ ‪SSL‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [PDF‬أو ]‪ [High Compression PDF‬أو ]‪ [PDF/A‬ﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إرﻓﺎق ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ رﻗﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪادات اﻷﻣﺎن ﻟـ‬
‫]‪ [PDF‬أو ]‪.[High Compress PDF‬‬
‫‪ ‬راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ‪ PDF‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪاد اﻷﻣﺎن"‬
‫"‪،"Scanning an Original as a PDF with Security Setting Specified‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ PDF‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﺎلٍ ﻟﻨﻮع ‪ ،PDF‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮب اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺪرج اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي أو أﻟﻮان ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟـ ]‪ [Original Type‬ﺗﺤﺖ ] ‪Send‬‬
‫‪[Settings‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﺨﻼف ]‪ [Scan Ratio‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪[Send Settings‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [dpi 200‬أو ]‪ [dpi 300‬أو ]‪ [dpi 400‬أو ]‪ [dpi 600‬ﻟـ‬
‫]‪ [Resolution‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪[Send Settings‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎر آﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ]‪[Preview‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [PDF/A Fixed :PDF File Type‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪[System Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Off‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪ 100‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ 200 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ 300 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫دﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ 400 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‪ 600 ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫‪455‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪FTP ،SMB‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل )‪(UDP/137 ،TCP/139‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪ (CIFS (445/TCP‬ﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪات‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪.SMB‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪ (UDP/137 ،SMB (139/TCP‬ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫‪ NetBIOS‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ‪ SMB‬ﺗﺤﺖ ‪.NetBEUI‬‬

‫‪ ،PDF ،JPEG ،TIFF‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﺎلٍ ‪PDF/A ،PDF‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻹﺧﺮاج‬

‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [PDF‬أو ]‪ [High Compression PDF‬أو ]‪ [PDF/A‬ﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إرﻓﺎق ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ رﻗﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪادات اﻷﻣﺎن ﻟـ‬
‫]‪ [PDF‬أو ]‪.[High Compress PDF‬‬
‫‪ ‬راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ‪ PDF‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ إﻋﺪاد اﻷﻣﺎن"‬
‫"‪،"Scanning an Original as a PDF with Security Setting Specified‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪ PDF‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﺎلٍ ﻟﻨﻮع ‪ ،PDF‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮب اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺪرج اﻟﺮﻣﺎدي أو أﻟﻮان ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟـ ]‪ [Original Type‬ﺗﺤﺖ ] ‪Send‬‬
‫‪[Settings‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺑﺨﻼف ]‪ [Scan Ratio‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪[Send Settings‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [dpi 200‬أو ]‪ [dpi 300‬أو ]‪ [dpi 400‬أو ]‪ [dpi 600‬ﻟـ‬
‫]‪ [Resolution‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪[Send Settings‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎر آﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ]‪[Preview‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ]‪ [PDF/A Fixed :PDF File Type‬ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪[System Settings‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪[Off‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪ TWAIN‬ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫‪456‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ*‪1‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج‪ 1200–100 :‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫دﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪600–100 :‬‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ*‪1‬‬

‫‪TCP/IP‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل‬
‫‪Windows 7/8.1/10‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Windows Server 2008/2008 R2/2012/2012‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪R2/2016/2019‬‬
‫)ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪ TWAIN‬ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪ 32‬ﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ 64‬ﺑﺖ‪ ،‬وﻟﺬا ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮاﻓﻖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪ TWAIN‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ‪ 64‬ﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ‪ 32‬ﺑﺖ‪(.‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﯾﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ‪WIA‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ*‪1‬‬ ‫‪ 1200–100‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫دﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬
‫)اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ×‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ(‬
‫‪TCP/IP‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل‬
‫‪Windows 7/8.1/10‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Windows Server 2008/2008‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪R2/2012/2012 R2/2016/2019‬‬
‫)ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪WIA‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ 32‬و‪ 64‬ﺑﺖ‪(.‬‬

‫‪457‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﯾﻌﺘﻤﺪ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬

‫)أوروﺑﺎ وآﺳﻴﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬

‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺪﻓﻌﺎت ووﺿﻊ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫ﺷﺒﻪ اﻵﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (SADF‬ووﺿﻊ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ووﺿﻊ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ووﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺪﻓﻌﺎت ووﺿﻊ وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫ﺷﺒﻪ اﻵﻟﻴﺔ )‪ (SADF‬ووﺿﻊ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻂ‬
‫‪ LT/LG‬ووﺿﻊ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه اﻷﺻﻠﻲ ووﺿﻊ اﻟﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ووﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫وﺟﻪ واﺣﺪ‪A4 –A6 , 81/2 × 14 –51/2 × :‬‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫‪81/2‬‬
‫‪A4 –A6 , 81/2 × 14 –51/2 × 81/2‬‬ ‫وﺟﻬﺎن‪:‬‬

‫‪ 120–50‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪) 2‬اﻟﻐﻼف ‪ 44–13‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬ ‫وزن اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ 100‬ورﻗﺔ )‪ 80–50‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪ ،2‬اﻟﺴﻨﺪات ‪20–13‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫رﻃﻼ ً(‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ وﺿﻌﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 248‬أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫‪458‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﻮرق )‪ 80‬ج‪/‬م‪ ،2‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 248‬أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪات ‪ 20‬رﻃﻼ ً(‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 248‬أﺣﺠﺎم وأﻧﻮاع اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ"‬ ‫وزن اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫‪ 13‬وات أو أﻗﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬

‫ﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼك ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫‪ 121 × 410 × 380‬ﻣﻢ )‪ 4.8 × 16.2 × 15.0‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬ ‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬

‫)اﻟﻌﺮض × اﻟﻌﻤﻖ ×‬
‫اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع(‬

‫ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ 4‬ﻛﺠﻢ )‪ 8.9‬رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫اﻟﻮزن‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ ‪IEEE 1284‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫‪IEEE 1284‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ‪ 36‬دﺑﻮس ‪ Micro Centronics‬ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ‪IEEE 1284‬‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻻﺣﻆ أن اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة )ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻟﺘﺮدد( وﻣﻮاﻗﻊ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﺒﻠﺪ أو اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮل ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪459‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ‪) IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n‬اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪TCP/IP‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل‬

‫‪ 2462–2412‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪ 1-11‬ﻗﻨﺎة(‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺎق ﺗﺮدد ﻗﻨﻮات‬

‫‪ 5240–5180‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪ 36‬و‪ 40‬و‪ 44‬و‪ 48‬ﻗﻨﺎة(‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺮدد اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰي(‬

‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫وﺿﻊ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﺘﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Group Owner Mode :Direct Connection‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ دﻋﻢ ‪.Web Image Monitor‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻻت اﻹرﺳﺎل ‪ 300‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎق ‪ 5‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫و‪ 130‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎق ‪ 2.4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻗﻴﻤًﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﺪل اﻹرﺳﺎل اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اﻋﺘﻤﺎدًا ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﻌﺪل اﻹرﺳﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ‪ 11‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر ‪ .IEEE 802.11b‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ دﻋﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ‪.IEEE 802.11g/n‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻘﻨﻮات ﻏﻴﺮ ‪ 11-1‬و‪ 52-36‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻘﻨﺎة اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼف اﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪460‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺖ إﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ‬

‫)‪(BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T10‬‬
‫‪) USB 2.0‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ وواﺟﻬﺔ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ(‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪Windows 7/8/8.1/10, Windows Server 2008/2008‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

‫‪R2/2012/2012 R2/2016/2019‬‬
‫‪ OSX 10.11‬أو أﺣﺪث‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪LPR ،IPP ،9100‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫اﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل‬

‫‪ IPP‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪.SPL‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﻠﺴﺎت ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻت ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪461‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻢ إﻋﺪاد وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬

‫اﺳﺘﻨﺎدًا إﻟﻰ ﻧﻮع أو إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ أو اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أو إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت أو اﻷﺣﺮف‪.‬‬

‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ 128‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ أﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎ رﻗﻤﻴًﺎ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد أﺣﺮف ﻳﺘﻢ‬

‫إدﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد أﺣﺮف ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫إدﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ‪ 400 :‬دﻓﺘﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺎوﻳﻦ وإدﺧﺎل‬ ‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺮف أﺑﺠﺪي رﻗﻤﻲ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳﴼ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ 80‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ أﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎ‬
‫رﻗﻤﻴًﺎ × ‪ 5‬أﺳﻄﺮ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻹدﺧﺎل ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 80‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ أﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎ‬
‫رﻗﻤﻴًﺎ‬

‫‪462‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬ ‫‪ 128‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ أﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎ رﻗﻤﻴًﺎ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد أﺣﺮف ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ ﺗﻢ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬ ‫إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎدم ‪LDAP‬‬ ‫إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫وﻳﺘﺠﺎوز ‪ 128‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‬
‫أﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎ رﻗﻤﻴًﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪500‬‬

‫‪ 100‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ إدﺧﺎل‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ‪(LDAP‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺎﻗﻲ‪ ،‬وﺣﺪد ﺣﺘﻰ ‪400‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 700‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﺬي‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 2000‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إرﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬

‫إرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫‪463‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ 256‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد أﺣﺮف ﻓﻲ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺎر ﻣﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪SMB‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ 64‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد أﺣﺮف ﻓﻲ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪SMB‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ 64‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد أﺣﺮف ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﻣﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪SMB‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ 64‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد أﺣﺮف ﻓﻲ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﺧﺎدم ﻣﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪FTP‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ 256‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد أﺣﺮف ﻓﻲ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺎر ﻣﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪FTP‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ 64‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ أﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎ رﻗﻤﻴًﺎ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد أﺣﺮف ﻓﻲ‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﺪد‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪FTP‬‬

‫‪464‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ 64‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ أﺑﺠﺪﻳًﺎ رﻗﻤﻴًﺎ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ ﻋﺪد أﺣﺮف ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮور ﻣﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﻟﺒﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪FTP‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إدﺧﺎل ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ‪50‬‬

‫‪ 50‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮًا أﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ‬
‫إدﺧﺎل اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻳﺪوﻳﴼ‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ 2000‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻟﺬي‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إرﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬

‫إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪550‬‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪد اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻬﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﺮﻳﺪ إﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫واﻹرﺳﺎل إﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫‪465‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪500‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬

‫‪ 100‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ إدﺧﺎل‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﺪوﻳﴼ )ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬ ‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ‪(LDAP‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ إرﺳﺎل‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻹرﺳﺎل‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫‪466‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﻬﺎﻣﺶ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ‪ .‬وﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ اﻟﻬﻮاﻣﺶ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد أﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ" " ‪Maximizing the‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،"Printable Area When Printing‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق أو إﻋﺪادات‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ إﻋﺪادات‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ أو ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ؛ وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮدة أو ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻮرق وﻟﻐﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ وإﻋﺪادات‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻋﺘﻤﺎدًا ﻋﻠﻰ إﻋﺪادات ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ اﻹﺧﺮاج اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬

‫‪467‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪث ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪.‬‬

‫‪468‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺧﻴﺎرات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ إﻟﻰ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫)‪ (1‬اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﻔﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‬ ‫رﻗﻢ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻮرق ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ‬ ‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫إﻟﻰ ‪ 500‬ورﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮرق‬

‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ذات‬

‫اﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪة ذات اﻟﻌﺠﻼت‪ .‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺠﻼت ﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬

‫‪469‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬

‫ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ‪ 60‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‪ 4) .‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬا ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ واﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻗﺔ(‪ ،‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ اﺳﺘﻼم ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ )دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬا‬
‫زﻳﺎدة ﻋﺪد ﻷوراق اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة ‪PostScript 3‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﺧﺮاج ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪.Genuine Adobe PostScript 3‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻌﺮف اﻟﺒﺼﺮي ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺣﺮف )‪(OCR‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﺿﻮﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺼﺮﻳًﺎ وﺗﻨﺸﺊ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪PDF‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة ‪IPDS‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام إرﺳﺎل اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺬﻛﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ )‪.(IPDS‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪XPS‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ XPS‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ إﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ أﺧﺮى ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ ‪IEEE 1284‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻜﺎﺑﻞ ‪.IEEE 1284‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎدم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪470‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬
‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫)أوروﺑﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ( ‪/‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎن اﻟﻤﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ أﻣﺎن اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪.FIPS 140-2‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل واﺳﺘﻼم رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ وﺣﺪة ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪VM‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ "ﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﻴﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫‪.Java‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ أﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ ‪ IEEE 1284‬أو ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ‪LAN‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ أو ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎت أو ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﻴﺎر واﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ أي وﻗﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ واﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎن اﻟﻤﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام واﺟﻬﺔ اﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ وﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪471‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎت اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ واﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ اﻟﻄﺮازات‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪" 469‬ﺧﻴﺎرات اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ"‬

‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬

‫وﺣﺪة ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﻮرق‬ ‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬

‫وﺿﻊ اﻷﺣﺠﺎم اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻄﺔ ‪LT/LG‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻧﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ذات اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻂ‬
‫)ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ(" " ‪Copying‬‬
‫)‪،"Mixed-size Originals (mainly North America‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪/‬اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬

‫ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ‬ ‫اﻹرﺳﺎل ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫راﺟﻊ "إرﺳﺎل ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺠﻮدة اﻟﺼﻮرة اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ" " ‪Sending a Fax at the Image‬‬
‫‪ ،"Quality Suitable for the Original‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪472‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪/‬اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬

‫اﻻﺳﺘﻼم ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ أو ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫وﺣﺪة اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ*‪1‬‬

‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫راﺟﻊ "ﻧﻈﺮة ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ"‬
‫"‪ ،"Overview of the Remote Fax Function‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﻣﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﯿﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ إرﺳﺎل واﺳﺘﻼم رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬه اﻟﻮظﯿﻔﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ وﺣﺪات اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻷﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ واﻟﻔﺮﻋﯿﺔ‪.‬‬

‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪/‬اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬

‫وﺣﺪة ‪PostScript 3‬‬ ‫‪1*Genuine Adobe‬‬ ‫‪PostScript 3‬‬

‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪XPS‬‬ ‫‪XPS‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ‪ Genuine Adobe PostScript 3‬اﺧﺘﯿﺎري‪ ،‬ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ‪PostScript 3‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﯿﺎﺳﻲ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ‪.‬‬

‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫‪473‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪/‬اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬

‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﻌﺮف اﻟﺒﺼﺮي ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫إﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ PDF‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻧﺺ ‪OCR‬‬

‫اﻷﺣﺮف )‪(OCR‬‬ ‫راﺟﻊ "ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﻠﻒ ‪ PDF‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻨﺺ" " ‪Scanning an‬‬
‫‪Original as a PDF File with Embedded‬‬
‫‪ ،"Text Data‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﺮ ذﻟﻚ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪/‬اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬

‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫راﺟﻊ "اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ" " ‪Connecting to a Wireless‬‬
‫‪ ،"LAN‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ واﺟﻬﺔ ‪IEEE 1284‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻮاﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻮازﻳﺔ‬

‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪"IEEE 1284‬‬
‫"‪ ،"Connecting an IEEE 1284 cable‬دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻴﺎر ﺧﺎدم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬ ‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ اﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ )ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ(‬

‫راﺟﻊ "ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ"‬
‫"‪ ،"Connecting a LAN Cable‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫)اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎرئ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪NFC‬‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ‬

‫‪474‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪/‬اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬

‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎن‬ ‫)أوروﺑﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ(‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﺴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ رﻣﺰ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﺮك اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫"‪"HDD Authentication Code‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎن‬ ‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬

‫اﻟﻤﺤﺴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ رﻣﺰ ﻣﺼﺎدﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﺮك اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫"‪"HDD Authentication Code‬‬

‫‪475‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ أﺑﻄﺄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ أﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻊ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أﺧﺮى أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪476‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﺎﻛﯿﻨﺔ‬

‫‪477‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫اﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ENERGY STAR‬‬

‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬

‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ®‪ ENERGY STAR‬ﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬

‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺸﺎرﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ENERGY‬‬

‫®‪.STAR‬‬
‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ®‪.ENERGY STAR‬‬

‫‪478‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫ﺗﺸﺠﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ®ENERGY STAR‬ﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ وﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ وﻧﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻔﺘﻮح اﻟﻤﺼﺪر ﺗﺸﺎرك ﻓﻴﻪ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻃﻮﻋًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ ﻫﻲ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت واﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎت واﻟﻔﺎﻛﺴﺎت‬
‫وآﻻت اﻟﻨﺴﺦ واﻟﻤﺎﺳﺤﺎت اﻟﻀﻮﺋﻴﺔ واﻷﺟﻬﺰة ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ وﺷﻌﺎرات‬
‫‪ Energy Star‬ﻣﻮﺣﺪة دوﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫إذا ﻇﻠﺖ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺨﻤﻮل ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﺤﺪدة أو ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫]‪ ،( ) [Energy Save‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد ﻟﺨﻔﺾ اﺳﺘﻬﻼﻛﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﻛﺒﺮ‪ .‬وﻫﺬا ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ "وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن"‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺒﻠﻎ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد دﻗﻴﻘﺔ واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻬﺎم ﻣﻦ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ واﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل رﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ أﺛﻨﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻪ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة ﻣﻦ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫واﻧﺨﻔﺎض اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻜﻮن ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬

‫‪479‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫وﻗﺖ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼك‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫وﻗﺖ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼك‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺮداد‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﺮداد‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ‬ ‫وﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮدﻳﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ*‪1‬‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺛﻮان‬ ‫‪ 25‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪54.83‬‬ ‫‪0.60‬‬ ‫‪IM 550F‬‬

‫وات‬ ‫وات‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺛﻮان‬ ‫‪ 25‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪54.83‬‬ ‫‪0.60‬‬ ‫‪IM 600F‬‬

‫وات‬ ‫وات‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺛﻮان‬ ‫‪ 25‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪62.51‬‬ ‫‪0.60‬‬ ‫‪IM‬‬

‫وات‬ ‫وات‬ ‫‪600SRF‬‬

‫*‪ 1‬ﺗﺼﻞ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ‪ENERGY STAR‬؛ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺆھﻼً ﺗﻤﺎ ًﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ )أو‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮫ ﻣﻊ( درج ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﮭﯿﻦ وﺗﻤﻜﯿﻦ وظﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﮭﯿﻦ ﻛﺨﯿﺎر‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺪار اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮه اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮن ﺗﺤﺖ ]‪.[Sleep Mode Timer‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ "إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ" "‪ ،"Timer Settings‬دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق اﻷﻣﺮ وﻗﺘًﺎ أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺤﺪد ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮل ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻜﻮن وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻨﻮع ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺮاﻣﺞ اﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪480‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺣﻮل اﻟﻤﻌﺪات اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ واﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫)أوروﺑﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﻠﺪان اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻮﻃﻨﻲ ﺑﺸﺄن ﺟﻤﻊ وﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺠﻮدة وﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻨﺎ أو ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ إﻟﻰ أن اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳﺠﺐ أﻻ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﻠﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻹرﺟﺎع واﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻳُﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮات اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ وﺻﺤﺔ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪ ،‬وﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻮارد‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ وﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮل أﻧﻈﻤﺔ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ وإﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﻟﻬﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺘﺠﺮ اﻟﺬي اﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ أو ﻣﻨﺪوب‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎت‪/‬اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫أو اﻟﻤﺘﺠﺮ اﻟﺬي اﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ أو ﻣﻨﺪوب‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎت‪/‬اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪481‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‬

‫‪Üretici:‬‬

‫‪Ricoh Company, Ltd.‬‬

‫‪3-6, Nakamagome 1-chome,‬‬
‫‪Ohta-ku, Tokyo 143-8555 Japan‬‬
‫)‪+81-3-3777-8111(English only/Sadece İngilizce‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺣﻮل اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ و‪/‬أو رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺮاﻛﻢ )ﻟﺪول اﻻﺗﺤﺎد اﻷوروﺑﻲ‬

‫)أوروﺑﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ(‬

‫وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎدة ‪ 20‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎت اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ‪ ،EC/66/2006‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺮﻣﺰ أﻋﻼه ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت واﻟﻤﺮاﻛﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ أﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺤﺎد اﻷوروﺑﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت واﻟﻤﺮاﻛﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺤﺎد اﻷوروﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎك أﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫واﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ وﻟﻜﻦ أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت واﻟﻤﺮاﻛﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪/‬إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻌﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪482‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫)أوروﺑﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ أﺳﺎﺳﻲ(‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮن ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺤﺎد اﻷوروﺑﻲ وﺳﻮﻳﺴﺮا واﻟﻨﺮوﻳﺞ‬

‫إﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻼﻃﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت أو ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻌﺎد ﺗﺪوﻳﺮه‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻌﺎد ﺗﺪوﻳﺮه اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﺘﺎﺟﻪ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻴﺎر‬
‫اﻷوروﺑﻲ ‪ EN 12281:2002‬أو ‪ .DIN 19309‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،EP‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ورق ﺑﻮزن ‪ 64‬ﺟﻢ‪/‬م‪ 2‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮي‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎم أﻗﻞ واﻧﺨﻔﺎض أﻛﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻮارد‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ )إن أﻣﻜﻦ(‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﻦ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﺟﻬﻲ اﻟﻮرﻗﺔ‪ .‬وﻳﺆدي ﻫﺬا إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻮرق وﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ورق‬
‫أﻗﻞ‪ .‬وﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻤﻴﺰة ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ إرﺟﺎع ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ واﻟﺤﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺧﺮﻃﻮﺷﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺤﺒﺮ واﻟﺤﺒﺮ ﻹﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺪوﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﻧًﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻃﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻹرﺟﺎع‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻳﺐ أدﻧﺎه أو اﺳﺘﺸﺎرة ﻣﻮﻇﻒ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪https://www.ricoh-return.com/‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎءة اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎﺗﻬﺎ واﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻮل إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻷﺧﻴﺮة‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻠﺰوم‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ وﻣﺮور ﻓﺘﺮة ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬه اﻷوﺿﺎع‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ أﻗﻞ )وات(‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

‫‪483‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻛﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ أﻃﻮل ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ ﻹدارة اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ وﻻﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻔﻮرﻧﻴﺎ )ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫)أﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ(‬
‫رﺋﻴﺴﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﺎدة ﺑﻴﺮﻛﻠﻮرات ‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate‬‬

‫‪484‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬

‫اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ )دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم(‬

‫‪ Adobe‬و ‪ Acrobat‬و ‪ PostScript‬و ‪ PostScript 3‬ﻫﻲ إﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫أو ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Adobe Systems Incorporated‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة‬
‫و‪/‬أو ﺑﻠﺪان أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ®‪ Bluetooth‬وﺷﻌﺎراﺗﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ ،Bluetooth SIG‬وأي اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪Bose Corporation‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Firefox‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Mozilla Foundation‬‬
‫‪ Dropbox‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ أو ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.Dropbox، Inc‬‬
‫‪ Google‬و‪ Android‬و‪ Google Drive‬و‪ Chrome‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪Google‬‬
‫‪.Inc‬‬
‫‪ Java‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Oracle‬و‪/‬أو اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Kerberos‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﻬﺪ ﻣﺎﺳﺎﺗﺸﻮﺳﺘﺲ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ )‪.(MIT‬‬
‫‪ macOS‬و‪ OS X‬و‪ Bonjour‬و‪ Safari‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪،Apple Inc.‬‬
‫وﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة ودول أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ Microsoft‬و ‪ Windows‬و ‪ ،Windows Server‬و‪ Internet Explorer‬ﻫﻲ إﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ أو ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة اﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ و‪/‬أو ﻓﻲ دول أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ PictBridge‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ QR Code‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎن وﺑﻠﺪان أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ SD‬وﺷﻌﺎر ‪ SD‬ﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎن ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺘﺎن ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺘﺎن ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪.SD-3C, LLC‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ RSA BSAFE® Cryptographic‬اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪EMC‬‬

‫‪485‬‬
 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎن ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺘﺎن ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺘﺎن أو ﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎن ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺘﺎن‬BSAFE‫ و‬RSA .Corporation
.‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪة وﺑﻠﺪان أﺧﺮى‬EMC Corporation ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
:‫ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬Internet Explorer 11 ‫اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
Internet Explorer® 11 
:‫ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬Windows ‫اﻷﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
:‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬Windows 7 ‫ أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Home Premium
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Ultimate
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Enterprise
:‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬Windows 8.1 ‫أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ 
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Pro
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Enterprise
:‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬Windows 10 ‫أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ 
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Home Premium
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Pro
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Enterprise
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Education
:‫ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬Windows Server 2008 ‫أﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت‬ 
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 Standard
Hyper-V ‫ ﺑﺪون‬Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 Standard Edition
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 Enterprise
Hyper-V ‫ ﺑﺪون‬Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 Enterprise Edition
:‫ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﺤﻮ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬Windows Server 2008 R2 ‫أﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت‬ 
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 R2 Standard
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 R2 Enterprise
:‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬Windows Server 2012 ‫أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ 
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 Foundation
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 Essentials

486
 ‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﯿﺔ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 Standard
:‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬Windows Server 2012 R2 ‫أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ 
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2 Foundation
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2 Essentials
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2 Standard
:‫ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬Windows Server 2016 ‫أﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت‬ 
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2016 Datacenter
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2016 Standard
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2016 Essentials
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2016 MultiPoint® Premium Server
:‫ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬Windows Server 2019 ‫أﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت‬ 
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2019 Datacenter
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2019 Standard
Microsoft® Windows Server® 2019 Essentials
.Wi-Fi Alliance ‫ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎن ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺘﺎن ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺘﺎن ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬Wi-Fi Direct®‫ و‬Wi-Fi®
‫ وﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن‬،‫أﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻷﻏﺮاض ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ وﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺨﻠﻲ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ أي‬.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎت ذات اﻟﺼﻠﺔ‬
.‫ﺣﻘﻮق ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ‬Microsoft ‫ﺗﻤﺖ إﻋﺎدة ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻘﻄﺎت ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت‬
.Microsoft ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬

487
© 2019
D0BW-7188 AR AE